1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
137 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
139 \author 2090807402 "usti"
153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
155 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
157 \begin_inset CommandInset href
159 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
170 \begin_inset Newline newline
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 \begin_inset Note Note
181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
182 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
183 \begin_inset Newline newline
188 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
196 \begin_layout Standard
197 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
198 LatexCommand tableofcontents
205 \begin_layout Chapter
209 \begin_layout Section
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 LyX is a document preparation system.
215 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
216 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
217 It is unlike most other
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
227 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 pt type, left justified, 5
244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
252 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
256 \begin_layout Standard
257 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
270 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
274 \begin_layout Standard
276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
288 the format of all of the manuals.
289 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
290 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
307 \begin_layout Section
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
314 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
315 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
321 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
322 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
324 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
325 only a vertical scrollbar.
326 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
327 The first case is large images.
328 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
335 LaTeX and LyX options
338 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
340 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
341 this doesn't work for equations yet.
344 \begin_layout Standard
345 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
353 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
360 \begin_layout Section
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
366 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
367 Just select the manual you want to read from the
374 \begin_layout Section
376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
378 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
385 \begin_layout Standard
386 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
388 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
401 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
402 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
403 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
405 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
406 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
411 \begin_inset space \space{}
414 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
415 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
417 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
421 \begin_inset Index idx
424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
425 Reconfiguration of LyX
430 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
433 \begin_layout Section
435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
437 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
446 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
448 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
449 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
453 \begin_layout Standard
454 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
456 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
457 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
460 \begin_layout Standard
461 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
462 you can view from the menu
464 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
483 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
484 reconfigure LyX (menu
486 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
490 \begin_inset Note Note
493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
494 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
502 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
503 More about TeX Code is described in section
508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
510 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
514 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
521 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
531 \begin_inset Index idx
534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
535 Reconfiguration of LyX
540 See section 5.1 of the
544 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
547 \begin_layout Chapter
551 \begin_layout Section
552 Basic File Operations
553 \begin_inset Index idx
556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
565 \begin_layout Standard
570 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
571 in addition to some more advanced operations:
574 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
604 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_layout Itemize
686 arg "dialog-show print"
692 \begin_layout Itemize
698 \begin_layout Standard
699 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
700 a few minor differences.
703 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
718 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
719 you for a template to use.
720 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
721 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
722 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
730 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
737 \begin_layout Standard
738 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
770 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
771 space is just that — a big, blank space.
779 \begin_layout Standard
800 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
805 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
830 will reload the document from disk.
831 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
832 and want to restore it to the last save.
841 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
842 them as your changes.
845 \begin_layout Section
846 Basic Editing Features
847 \begin_inset Index idx
850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
859 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
868 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
869 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
870 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
872 We will start with cut and paste.
875 \begin_layout Standard
876 As you might expect, the
880 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
881 various other editing features.
882 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
886 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_layout Itemize
928 \begin_layout Itemize
938 \begin_layout Itemize
948 \begin_layout Itemize
964 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
970 \begin_layout Standard
971 The first three are self-explanatory.
973 \begin_inset Index idx
976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
982 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
991 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
994 \begin_layout Standard
997 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1019 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1028 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1029 will start a new paragraph.
1032 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_inset Index idx
1036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_inset Index idx
1046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1054 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1056 \begin_inset space ~
1060 \begin_inset space ~
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1072 \begin_inset space ~
1078 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1083 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1100 button to skip the current word.
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1109 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1113 \begin_inset space ~
1118 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1120 If the toggle is set, searching for
1121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1132 will not match the word
1133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1147 Match whole words only
1149 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1178 LyX offers also an advanced
1181 \begin_inset space ~
1185 \begin_inset space ~
1190 feature that is described in sec.
1191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1197 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1204 \begin_layout Standard
1205 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1206 \begin_inset space \space{}
1210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1218 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1220 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1225 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1232 \begin_layout Standard
1233 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1236 arg "inset-select-all"
1242 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1245 selects the whole document.
1248 \begin_layout Section
1250 \begin_inset Index idx
1253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1260 \begin_inset Index idx
1263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1272 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1279 \begin_layout Standard
1280 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1281 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1287 or the toolbar button
1293 to undo some mistake.
1294 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1296 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1299 or the toolbar button
1306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1313 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1317 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1320 \begin_layout Standard
1321 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1330 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1331 This is a consequence of the 100
1332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1335 step undo limit, above.
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1347 work on almost everything in LyX.
1348 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1352 \begin_layout Section
1354 \begin_inset Index idx
1357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1366 \begin_layout Standard
1367 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1370 \begin_layout Enumerate
1375 \begin_layout Itemize
1380 once anywhere in the edit window.
1381 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1385 \begin_layout Enumerate
1390 \begin_layout Itemize
1396 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1402 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1405 \begin_layout Itemize
1406 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 \begin_layout Enumerate
1416 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1420 \begin_layout Standard
1421 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1422 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1426 \begin_layout Section
1428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1430 name "sec:Navigating"
1435 \begin_inset Index idx
1438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1447 \begin_layout Standard
1448 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1451 \begin_layout Itemize
1456 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1457 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1461 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1466 or by the toolbar button
1469 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1475 \begin_layout Itemize
1476 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1478 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1481 and use the same menu to return to them.
1482 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1485 \begin_layout Standard
1489 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1494 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1495 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1497 \begin_inset space ~
1502 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1503 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1504 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1505 your last editing position.
1508 \begin_layout Standard
1513 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1516 \begin_layout Subsection
1518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1520 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1528 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1529 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1530 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1542 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1549 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1554 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1558 \begin_layout Standard
1559 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1560 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1561 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1562 dialog and to modify the citation.
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1566 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1568 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1569 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1577 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1582 you further to control the display.
1587 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1588 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1594 option keeps it in the current view state.
1595 Keeping means that when you have e.
1596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1600 \begin_inset space \space{}
1603 the subsections of section
1604 \begin_inset space ~
1607 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1608 \begin_inset space ~
1611 3, the subsections of section
1612 \begin_inset space ~
1615 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1620 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1625 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1635 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1638 \begin_layout Standard
1640 \begin_inset space \space{}
1644 \begin_inset Graphics
1645 filename ../images/reload.png
1650 \begin_inset space ~
1653 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1654 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1657 \begin_inset space \space{}
1661 \begin_inset Graphics
1662 filename ../images/down.png
1664 groupId toolbarbuttons
1669 \begin_inset space ~
1673 \begin_inset space \space{}
1677 \begin_inset Graphics
1678 filename ../images/up.png
1680 groupId toolbarbuttons
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1688 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1689 So, for example, you can move section
1690 \begin_inset space ~
1694 \begin_inset space ~
1697 2.4 or after section
1698 \begin_inset space ~
1702 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1704 \begin_inset Graphics
1705 filename ../images/promote.png
1707 groupId toolbarbuttons
1712 \begin_inset Graphics
1713 filename ../images/demote.png
1715 groupId toolbarbuttons
1719 (or the corresponding key bindings
1727 ) you can change the level of sections.
1728 So you can for example make section
1729 \begin_inset space ~
1733 \begin_inset space ~
1737 \begin_inset space ~
1743 \begin_layout Section
1744 Input / Word Completion
1745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1747 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1752 \begin_inset Index idx
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_inset Index idx
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1797 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1799 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1800 is used to propose completions.
1803 \begin_layout Standard
1804 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1806 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1811 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1818 \begin_inset space ~
1822 \begin_inset space ~
1827 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1831 \begin_inset space ~
1836 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1837 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1847 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1848 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1853 are completions available.
1858 key to accept a proposed completion.
1859 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1860 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1861 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1868 \begin_layout Standard
1869 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1870 ing options for text.
1871 The special math option
1875 enables that characters can be composed.
1876 If you for example want to insert the character
1877 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1880 , you can then input the characters
1881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1892 to a formula to get it.
1893 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1894 of the math toolbar.
1895 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1899 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1900 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1909 \begin_layout Section
1911 \begin_inset Index idx
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1921 \begin_inset Index idx
1924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1953 \begin_inset Index idx
1956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1987 \begin_layout Standard
1988 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
2001 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2003 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2009 \begin_layout Standard
2013 \begin_inset space ~
2021 \begin_inset space ~
2042 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2046 \begin_layout Labeling
2047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2051 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2052 LatexCommand nomenclature
2054 description "Tabulator key"
2060 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2061 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2062 \begin_inset space ~
2066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2068 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2075 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2079 , especially section
2080 \begin_inset space ~
2084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2086 reference "sub:Lists"
2092 If you're still confused, look in the
2097 \begin_inset Newline newline
2100 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2103 \begin_layout Labeling
2104 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2108 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2109 LatexCommand nomenclature
2111 description "Escape key"
2118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2125 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2126 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2129 \begin_layout Labeling
2130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2136 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset space ~
2147 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2148 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2152 \begin_layout Standard
2153 There are three modifier keys:
2156 \begin_layout Labeling
2157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2175 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2176 LatexCommand nomenclature
2178 description "Control key"
2182 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2183 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2187 \begin_layout Itemize
2196 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2199 \begin_layout Itemize
2208 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2211 \begin_layout Itemize
2220 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2224 \begin_layout Labeling
2225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2243 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2244 LatexCommand nomenclature
2246 description "Shift key"
2250 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2251 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2254 \begin_layout Labeling
2255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2273 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2274 LatexCommand nomenclature
2276 description "Alt or Meta key"
2280 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2281 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2282 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2288 \begin_inset Newline newline
2291 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2293 menu accelerator keys
2296 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2297 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2301 \begin_layout Standard
2302 For example, the sequence
2303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2309 \begin_inset space ~
2313 \begin_inset space ~
2319 \begin_inset space ~
2327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2346 \begin_inset space ~
2352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2362 \begin_layout Standard
2367 manual lists all other things bound to the
2375 \begin_layout Standard
2376 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2377 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2378 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2379 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2380 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2381 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2382 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2384 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2400 followed by a capital
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2415 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2418 as explained in sec.
2419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2425 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2432 \begin_layout Chapter
2434 \begin_inset Index idx
2437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 \begin_layout Section
2448 \begin_inset Index idx
2451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2460 \begin_layout Subsection
2464 \begin_layout Standard
2465 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2466 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2467 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2468 numbering schemes, and so on.
2469 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2470 and format the title of your document differently.
2473 \begin_layout Standard
2478 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2479 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2480 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2481 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2482 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2485 \begin_layout Standard
2486 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2487 how to adjust their properties.
2490 \begin_layout Subsection
2492 \begin_inset Index idx
2495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2504 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2511 \begin_layout Standard
2512 You can select a class using the
2514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2515 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2519 \begin_inset Index idx
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2529 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2537 \begin_layout Standard
2538 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 Article for basic articles
2546 \begin_layout Description
2547 Report for basic reports
2550 \begin_layout Description
2551 Book for writing a book
2554 \begin_layout Description
2555 Letter for US-style letters
2558 \begin_layout Standard
2559 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2560 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2561 will include many of these.
2562 Here are some of the classes.
2563 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2565 Special Document Classes
2574 \begin_layout Description
2575 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2578 \begin_layout Description
2579 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2588 \begin_layout Description
2589 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2590 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2591 There are three article layouts available.
2592 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2593 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2594 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2595 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2600 sequential numbering
2601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2604 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2605 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2606 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2607 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 Beamer Layout for presentations
2614 \begin_layout Description
2615 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2616 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2624 \begin_layout Description
2626 \begin_inset space ~
2629 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2632 \begin_layout Description
2633 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2636 \begin_layout Description
2637 Foils Used to make transparencies
2640 \begin_layout Description
2641 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2642 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2646 \begin_layout Description
2647 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2648 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2651 \begin_layout Description
2652 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2659 \begin_layout Description
2660 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2661 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2662 (Is used by this document.)
2665 \begin_layout Description
2666 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2669 \begin_layout Description
2670 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2673 \begin_layout Description
2678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2685 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2686 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2688 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2691 \begin_layout Description
2692 Slides Used to make transparencies
2695 \begin_layout Description
2697 \begin_inset space ~
2700 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2701 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2704 \begin_layout Description
2705 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2709 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2711 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2717 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2718 of the document classes.
2721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2729 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2731 \begin_inset Index idx
2734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2751 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2752 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2754 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2759 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2760 and some of them, like
2764 , are highly specialized.
2765 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2766 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2768 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2769 by some document class.
2770 There are just too many of them.
2771 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2774 \begin_layout Standard
2775 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2783 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2784 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2785 document class for a new file.
2786 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2791 Installing new LaTeX files
2792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2799 manual for information on how to install them.
2800 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2806 \begin_layout Standard
2807 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2808 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2810 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2811 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2812 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2814 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2817 \begin_inset space ~
2824 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2850 chosen document class.
2851 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2852 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2863 \begin_inset Index idx
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2873 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2878 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2879 always installed by default.
2880 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2881 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2882 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2883 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2884 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2885 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2886 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2889 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2893 \begin_inset Index idx
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 Reconfiguration of LyX
2903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2906 Installing new LaTeX files
2907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2914 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2917 \begin_layout Standard
2918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2926 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2927 LyX will advise you about these things.
2935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2939 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2944 \begin_inset Index idx
2947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2948 Document ! Local Layout
2956 \begin_layout Standard
2957 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2958 used in a variety of different documents.
2959 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2960 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2961 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2962 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2963 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2964 What you want is LyX's
2965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2981 manual for information on how to use it.
2984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2988 \begin_layout Standard
2989 Each class has a default set of options.
2990 Here's a quick table describing them:
2993 \begin_layout Standard
2994 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3000 \begin_layout Standard
3002 \begin_inset Tabular
3003 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3004 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3463 \begin_layout Standard
3464 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3470 \begin_layout Standard
3471 You're probably also wondering what
3472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3476 \begin_inset space ~
3480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3484 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3485 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3490 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3495 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3505 headings, there are also
3513 headings, and so on.
3514 We will describe these headings fully in section
3515 \begin_inset space ~
3519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3521 reference "sub:Headings"
3528 \begin_layout Subsection
3530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3532 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3537 \begin_inset Index idx
3540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3549 \begin_inset Index idx
3552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3561 \begin_layout Standard
3562 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3571 \begin_inset space ~
3579 \begin_inset space ~
3584 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3586 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3587 to use for your document.
3588 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3592 \begin_layout Standard
3599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3605 \begin_inset space ~
3610 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3611 You can choose between the following five options:
3614 \begin_layout Labeling
3615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3620 Use default page style of current class.
3623 \begin_layout Labeling
3624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3629 No page numbers or headings.
3632 \begin_layout Labeling
3633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3641 \begin_layout Labeling
3642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3647 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3648 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3649 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3652 \begin_layout Labeling
3653 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3658 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3659 have the LaTeX-package
3664 \begin_inset Index idx
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3674 How they are defined is explained in section
3675 \begin_inset space ~
3679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3681 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3690 \begin_inset space ~
3694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3696 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3703 \begin_layout Subsection
3704 Paper Size and Orientation
3705 \begin_inset Index idx
3708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 Document ! Paper size
3715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3717 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3724 \begin_layout Standard
3725 You can find the following options in the menu
3728 \begin_inset space ~
3735 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3741 \begin_inset Index idx
3744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3753 \begin_layout Labeling
3754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3758 \begin_inset space ~
3763 What size paper to print on.
3768 \begin_layout Itemize
3774 \begin_layout Itemize
3780 \begin_layout Itemize
3786 \begin_layout Itemize
3792 \begin_layout Itemize
3795 US letter, US legal, US executive
3798 \begin_layout Itemize
3804 \begin_layout Itemize
3811 \begin_layout Labeling
3812 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3817 To choose whether to output as
3828 \begin_layout Labeling
3829 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3833 \begin_inset space ~
3838 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3839 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3842 \begin_layout Subsection
3844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3851 \begin_inset Index idx
3854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3861 \begin_inset Index idx
3864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 \begin_layout Standard
3874 Paper margins are set in the menu
3876 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3880 \begin_inset Index idx
3883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3892 \begin_layout Standard
3893 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3894 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3895 the paper format and the font size into account.
3898 \begin_layout Subsection
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3903 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3908 That includes the paragraph environments.
3909 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3910 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3911 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3912 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3921 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3923 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3924 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3925 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3928 \begin_layout Section
3929 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3930 \begin_inset Index idx
3933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3934 Paragraph ! Indentation
3942 \begin_layout Subsection
3944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3946 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3953 \begin_layout Standard
3954 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3955 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3959 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3960 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3961 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3962 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3966 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3972 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3973 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3974 language than English.
3975 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3978 \begin_layout Standard
3979 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3980 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3982 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3983 LyX takes care of that.
3984 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3986 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3987 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3988 of a page, and so on.
3992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3998 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3999 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4003 of these pre-coded spacings.
4004 We will explain more later.
4007 \begin_layout Subsection
4008 Paragraph Separation
4009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4011 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4016 \begin_inset Index idx
4019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4020 Paragraph ! Separation
4028 \begin_layout Standard
4029 To separate paragraphs, select
4040 \begin_inset space ~
4047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4051 \begin_inset Index idx
4054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4060 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4063 \begin_layout Subsection
4067 \begin_layout Standard
4068 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4073 \begin_inset space ~
4078 dialog and toggle the
4081 \begin_inset space ~
4086 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4089 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4093 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4094 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4099 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4100 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4103 \begin_layout Subsection
4105 \begin_inset Index idx
4108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4109 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4124 \begin_inset Index idx
4127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4136 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4139 \begin_inset space ~
4148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4149 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4154 \begin_inset Index idx
4157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4158 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4163 installed to use this feature.
4171 \begin_layout Section
4172 Paragraph Environments
4173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4175 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4180 \begin_inset Index idx
4183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4184 Paragraph ! Environments
4190 \begin_inset Index idx
4193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4194 Paragraph environments|(
4202 \begin_layout Subsection
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4229 \begin_inset Newline newline
4232 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4233 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4234 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4243 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4246 \begin_layout Standard
4247 A paragraph environment is simply a
4248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4255 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4256 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4257 scheme, labels, and so on.
4258 Additionally, you can
4259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4266 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4267 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4268 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4269 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4270 days of typewriters.
4271 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4273 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4276 \begin_layout Standard
4277 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4278 \begin_inset Graphics
4279 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4285 at the left end of the toolbar.
4286 LyX will change the environment of the
4290 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4291 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4292 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4305 create a new paragraph using the
4309 paragraph environment.
4311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4318 because if you are in one of these environments:
4321 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 \begin_layout Itemize
4333 \begin_layout Itemize
4339 \begin_layout Itemize
4345 \begin_layout Itemize
4351 \begin_layout Itemize
4357 \begin_layout Itemize
4363 \begin_layout Standard
4364 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4368 , rather than resetting it to
4373 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4374 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4375 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4376 \begin_inset space ~
4380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4382 reference "sec:Nesting"
4387 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4392 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4393 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4397 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
4403 \begin_layout Subsection
4407 \begin_layout Standard
4408 The default paragraph environment is
4413 It creates a plain paragraph.
4414 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4415 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4416 this manual) are in the
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 You can nest a paragraph using the
4428 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4436 \begin_layout Subsection
4438 \begin_inset Index idx
4441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4451 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4460 for thanks or contact information.
4461 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4462 page along with today's date.
4463 For other types of documents, the title
4464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4471 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4475 \begin_layout Standard
4476 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4490 Here's how you use them:
4493 \begin_layout Itemize
4494 Put the title of your document in the
4501 \begin_layout Itemize
4502 Put the author name in the
4509 \begin_layout Itemize
4510 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4511 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4517 Note that using this environment is optional.
4518 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4519 If you don't want any date, add the line
4520 \begin_inset Newline newline
4530 \begin_inset Newline newline
4533 to the preamble of your document (menu
4535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4541 \begin_layout Standard
4542 You can use footnotes to insert
4543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4550 or contact information.
4553 \begin_layout Subsection
4555 \begin_inset Index idx
4558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4574 \begin_layout Standard
4575 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4576 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4581 \begin_inset Index idx
4584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4585 Section headings ! Numbered
4593 \begin_layout Standard
4594 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4598 \begin_layout Enumerate
4604 \begin_layout Enumerate
4610 \begin_layout Enumerate
4616 \begin_layout Enumerate
4622 \begin_layout Enumerate
4628 \begin_layout Enumerate
4634 \begin_layout Enumerate
4640 \begin_layout Standard
4641 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4642 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4643 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4646 \begin_layout Standard
4647 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4648 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4649 You group the book into chapters.
4650 LyX does similar grouping:
4653 \begin_layout Itemize
4658 is divided into either
4669 \begin_layout Itemize
4681 \begin_layout Itemize
4693 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 \begin_layout Itemize
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4730 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4738 Not all document types use the
4742 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4747 is the top-level heading.
4755 \begin_layout Standard
4760 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4761 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4763 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4775 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4777 \begin_inset Index idx
4780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4781 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4789 \begin_layout Standard
4790 The unnumbered section headings have a
4791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4798 at the end of their name.
4799 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4800 the table of contents, see section
4801 \begin_inset space ~
4805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4815 Changing the Numbering
4816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4818 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4826 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4827 in the Table of Contents.
4828 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4830 Certain classes start with
4844 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4854 This is something you can change.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4864 \begin_inset Index idx
4867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4876 \begin_inset space ~
4880 \begin_inset space ~
4885 you will see two counters.
4890 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4892 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4897 Short Titles of Headings
4898 \begin_inset Index idx
4901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4902 Section headings ! Short titles
4908 \begin_inset Argument
4911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4920 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4927 \begin_layout Standard
4928 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4929 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4930 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4931 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4934 \begin_layout Standard
4935 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4936 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4937 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4938 To specify a short title, use the menu
4940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4942 \begin_inset space ~
4948 This will insert a box labeled
4949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4964 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4965 This also works for captions inside floats.
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4976 \begin_layout Standard
4977 The following information applies to all section headings:
4980 \begin_layout Itemize
4981 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4984 \begin_layout Itemize
4985 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4988 \begin_layout Itemize
4989 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4992 \begin_layout Itemize
4993 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4996 \begin_layout Subsection
4997 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5000 \begin_layout Standard
5001 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5015 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5016 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5017 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5018 the text they contain.
5019 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5027 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5030 \begin_layout Standard
5031 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5040 when you start a new paragraph.
5041 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5045 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5046 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5047 have to change back to the
5051 environment yourself.
5060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5067 \begin_inset Index idx
5070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5081 time for the differences.
5090 are identical except for one difference:
5094 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5103 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5106 \begin_layout Standard
5107 Here's an example of the
5120 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5122 See – no indentation!
5126 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5127 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5128 the other paragraph.
5131 \begin_layout Standard
5132 Here's another example, this time in the
5139 \begin_layout Quotation
5145 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5146 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5147 the first line, then
5151 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5155 you were quoting other text.
5158 \begin_layout Quotation
5159 Here's a new paragraph.
5160 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5161 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5164 \begin_layout Standard
5165 As the examples show,
5169 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5170 They should put quotes in the
5175 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5179 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5188 \begin_inset Index idx
5191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5200 \begin_inset Index idx
5203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5219 \begin_layout Standard
5224 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5230 \begin_inset Newline newline
5233 Which I did not rehearse!
5237 It could be much worse.
5238 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5240 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5241 indented a bit more than the first.
5242 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5248 \begin_inset Newline newline
5251 And make things look fine
5252 \begin_inset Newline newline
5258 arg "newline-insert newline"
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5269 does not indent both margins.
5270 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5271 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5278 arg "newline-insert newline"
5284 \begin_layout Subsection
5286 \begin_inset Index idx
5289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5306 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5316 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5325 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5326 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5327 describing some general features of all four of them.
5330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5334 \begin_layout Standard
5335 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5337 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5346 reset the environment to
5350 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5351 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5352 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5356 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
5359 to break paragraphs.
5362 \begin_layout Standard
5363 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5364 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5366 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5367 you read all of section
5368 \begin_inset space ~
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5374 reference "sec:Nesting"
5382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5388 \begin_inset Index idx
5391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5407 \begin_layout Standard
5408 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5412 paragraph environment.
5413 It has the following properties:
5416 \begin_layout Itemize
5417 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5422 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5430 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 The items can have any length.
5432 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5433 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5440 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 environment inside another
5449 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5453 \begin_layout Itemize
5454 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5461 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5469 reference "sec:Nesting"
5473 for a full explanation of nesting.
5477 \begin_layout Standard
5478 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5487 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5490 \begin_layout Standard
5491 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5492 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 The label for the first level
5500 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5504 \begin_layout Itemize
5505 The label for the second level is a dash.
5509 \begin_layout Itemize
5510 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5514 \begin_layout Itemize
5515 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5519 \begin_layout Itemize
5520 Back out to the third level.
5524 \begin_layout Itemize
5525 Back to the second level.
5529 \begin_layout Itemize
5530 Back to the outermost level.
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5534 These are the default labels for an
5539 You can customize these labels in the
5541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5544 dialog in the submenu
5551 \begin_inset Index idx
5554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5563 \begin_layout Standard
5564 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5565 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5567 \begin_inset space ~
5571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5573 reference "sec:Nesting"
5580 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5586 \begin_inset Index idx
5589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5598 name "sec:Enumerate"
5605 \begin_layout Standard
5610 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5611 It has these properties:
5614 \begin_layout Enumerate
5615 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5619 \begin_layout Enumerate
5620 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5628 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 environment resets the counter to one.
5636 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 \begin_layout Enumerate
5650 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5651 Items can have any length.
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5658 \begin_layout Enumerate
5659 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5662 \begin_layout Enumerate
5663 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5667 \begin_layout Standard
5676 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5677 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5684 \begin_layout Enumerate
5685 The first level of an
5689 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5693 \begin_layout Enumerate
5694 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5698 \begin_layout Enumerate
5699 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5707 \begin_layout Enumerate
5708 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5713 \begin_layout Enumerate
5714 Back to the third level
5718 \begin_layout Enumerate
5719 Back to the second level.
5723 \begin_layout Enumerate
5724 Back to the outermost level.
5727 \begin_layout Standard
5728 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5733 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5738 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5742 \begin_layout Standard
5743 There is more to nesting
5747 environments than we've stated here.
5748 You should read section
5749 \begin_inset space ~
5753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5755 reference "sec:Nesting"
5759 to learn more about nesting.
5762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5768 \begin_inset Index idx
5771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5780 \begin_layout Standard
5781 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5785 list has no fixed label.
5786 Instead, LyX uses the first
5787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5794 of the first line as the label.
5798 \begin_layout Description
5799 Example: This is an example of the
5806 \begin_layout Standard
5807 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5811 \begin_layout Standard
5813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5820 it is meant that the first hit of the
5824 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5826 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5834 arg "space-insert protected"
5839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5840 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5842 \begin_inset space ~
5848 \begin_inset space ~
5852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5854 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5858 for more info.) Here is an example:
5861 \begin_layout Description
5863 \begin_inset space ~
5866 Example: This one shows how to use a
5869 \begin_inset space ~
5881 \begin_layout Description
5882 Usage: You should use the
5886 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5887 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5889 It's not a good idea to use a
5893 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5894 You're better off using
5906 paragraphs into them.
5909 \begin_layout Description
5910 Nesting: You can nest
5914 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5918 \begin_layout Standard
5919 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5920 them from the first line.
5923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5925 \begin_inset Index idx
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5945 \begin_layout Standard
5954 list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
5956 Here are its properties:
5959 \begin_layout Labeling
5960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5962 \begin_inset space ~
5965 labels LyX uses the first
5966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5973 of each line as the item label.
5978 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5979 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5980 blank as described above.
5983 \begin_layout Labeling
5984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5985 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5986 the body of the item text.
5987 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5988 label width plus a little extra space.
5992 \begin_layout Labeling
5993 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5995 \begin_inset space ~
5998 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6000 If the label width is larger, the label
6001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6008 into the first line.
6009 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6010 margin of the rest of the item text.
6013 \begin_layout Labeling
6014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6019 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6024 environment has the same left margin.
6025 \begin_inset Newline newline
6028 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6031 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6033 \begin_inset space ~
6038 dialog (toolbar button
6041 arg "layout-paragraph"
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6053 determines the default label width.
6054 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 multiple times instead.
6064 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6073 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6081 every time you alter a label in a
6086 \begin_inset Newline newline
6089 The predefined default width is the length of
6090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6098 \begin_inset space ~
6104 \begin_layout Standard
6109 list the same way as the
6113 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6119 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6123 \begin_layout Standard
6128 lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
6129 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6131 \begin_inset space ~
6135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6137 reference "sec:Nesting"
6141 to learn about nesting.
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6145 There is yet another feature of the
6149 list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
6151 You can use additional
6155 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6160 are documented in section
6161 \begin_inset space ~
6165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6167 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6172 Here are some examples:
6175 \begin_layout Labeling
6176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6177 Left The default for
6184 \begin_layout Labeling
6185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6186 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6193 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6196 \begin_layout Labeling
6197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6198 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6202 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6209 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6212 \begin_layout Subsection
6214 \begin_inset Index idx
6217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6226 \begin_layout Standard
6227 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6230 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6232 in the document settings.
6233 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6238 \begin_inset Index idx
6241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6242 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6251 Custom Enumerate Lists
6252 \begin_inset Index idx
6255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6256 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6264 \begin_layout Standard
6266 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6272 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6273 There you add the command
6276 \begin_layout Standard
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6285 in TeX Code (shortcut
6295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6296 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6297 \begin_inset space ~
6301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6303 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6316 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6323 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6324 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6337 For Arabic numerals use
6345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6352 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6367 \begin_layout Standard
6369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6377 You can only number 26
6378 \begin_inset space ~
6381 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6391 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6394 \begin_layout Standard
6395 As example a list with custom numbering:
6398 \begin_layout Enumerate
6399 \begin_inset Argument
6402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6428 \begin_layout Enumerate
6429 \begin_inset Argument
6432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6455 \begin_layout Enumerate
6460 \begin_layout Enumerate
6461 \begin_inset Argument
6464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6488 \begin_layout Enumerate
6489 \begin_inset Argument
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6518 \begin_layout Standard
6519 For this list these commands were used:
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6533 \begin_inset Newline newline
6541 \begin_inset Newline newline
6549 \begin_inset Newline newline
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6566 makes the label emphasized and
6575 \begin_layout Standard
6576 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6584 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6585 lists until you change the definition.
6593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6595 \begin_inset Index idx
6598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6599 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6607 \begin_layout Standard
6608 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6611 \begin_layout Enumerate
6612 \begin_inset Argument
6615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6634 \begin_inset Note Note
6637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6638 goes back to default numbering
6646 \begin_layout Enumerate
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6654 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6658 \begin_layout Standard
6659 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6664 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6665 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6668 \begin_layout Standard
6669 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6677 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6685 \begin_layout Standard
6686 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6688 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6689 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6690 of a normal enumeration.
6691 There, insert the command
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6700 \begin_layout Standard
6705 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6709 \begin_layout Enumerate
6713 \begin_layout Enumerate
6717 \begin_layout Standard
6718 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6721 \begin_layout Enumerate
6722 \begin_inset Argument
6725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6741 This enumeration starts at 4
6744 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6746 \begin_inset Index idx
6749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6758 \begin_layout Standard
6759 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6761 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6764 \begin_layout Itemize
6768 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 with standard spacing
6772 \begin_layout Standard
6773 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6775 Add there the command
6779 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6782 \begin_layout Itemize
6783 \begin_inset Argument
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6805 \begin_layout Itemize
6809 \begin_layout Itemize
6813 \begin_layout Standard
6814 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6820 \begin_inset Index idx
6823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6824 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6830 For more info see its documentation,
6831 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6840 \begin_layout Standard
6841 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6843 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6844 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6848 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6851 \begin_layout Enumerate
6852 \begin_inset Argument
6855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6863 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6876 \begin_layout Enumerate
6877 with negative indentation
6880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6881 Further Customization
6882 \begin_inset Index idx
6885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Lists ! Customization
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 You can also change the style of description lists.
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6905 \begin_layout Standard
6906 changes the description label font, the command
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 sets the list style.
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 An example where the command
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6928 itshape, style=nextline
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6935 \begin_layout Description
6937 \begin_inset space ~
6941 \begin_inset Argument
6944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6950 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6952 itshape, style=nextline
6962 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6963 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6967 \begin_layout Description
6969 \begin_inset space ~
6972 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6973 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6974 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6977 \begin_layout Standard
6978 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6984 \begin_inset Index idx
6987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6994 For more info see its documentation,
6995 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7004 \begin_layout Subsection
7006 \begin_inset Index idx
7009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7026 \begin_inset space ~
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7043 \begin_inset space ~
7049 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7050 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7051 In contrast, you can use the
7058 \begin_inset space ~
7063 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7064 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7068 \begin_layout Standard
7069 Of course, you're not limited to using
7076 \begin_inset space ~
7085 \begin_inset space ~
7090 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7091 some European academic papers.
7094 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7098 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7105 \begin_layout Standard
7110 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7111 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7115 \begin_inset space ~
7120 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7121 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7122 Here's an example of each:
7125 \begin_layout Right Address
7127 \begin_inset Newline newline
7131 \begin_inset Newline newline
7135 \begin_inset Newline newline
7138 When is it? What is today?
7141 \begin_layout Standard
7145 \begin_inset space ~
7151 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7152 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7153 Here's an example of the
7160 \begin_layout Address
7162 \begin_inset Newline newline
7165 Where do I send this
7166 \begin_inset Newline newline
7169 Your post office and country
7172 \begin_layout Standard
7173 As you can see, both
7180 \begin_inset space ~
7185 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7190 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7196 This makes sense, since
7204 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7205 Thus, you have to use
7212 arg "newline-insert newline"
7218 \begin_inset space ~
7221 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7223 \begin_inset space ~
7232 menu) to start a new line in an
7239 \begin_inset space ~
7247 \begin_layout Subsection
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7252 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7253 or list of references.
7254 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7261 \begin_inset Index idx
7264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7273 \begin_layout Standard
7278 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7279 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7280 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7281 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7285 in anything else or vice versa.
7291 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7292 The book document classes ignores the
7296 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7300 in a letter document class.
7303 \begin_layout Standard
7308 environment does several things for you.
7309 First, it puts the centered label
7310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7318 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7320 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7321 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7322 the subsequent text.
7323 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7324 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7332 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7333 The new paragraph will still be in the
7338 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7339 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7342 \begin_layout Standard
7343 \begin_inset Float figure
7348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7350 \begin_inset Graphics
7351 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7359 \begin_inset Caption
7361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7364 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7385 \begin_layout Standard
7386 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7390 environment, but since this document is in the
7391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7398 class, we can't do this.
7399 We inserted it therefore as figure
7400 \begin_inset space ~
7404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7406 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7411 If you've never heard of an
7412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7419 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7428 \begin_inset Index idx
7431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7440 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7452 environment is used to list references.
7453 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7454 only use it at the end of the document.
7459 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7462 \begin_layout Standard
7463 When you first open a
7467 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7483 depending on the document class.
7484 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7485 Each paragraph of the
7489 environment is a bibliography entry.
7494 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7495 Each new paragraph is still in the
7502 \begin_layout Standard
7503 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7504 by using a BibTeX database.
7505 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7506 phy handling, have a look at section
7507 \begin_inset space ~
7511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7513 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7520 \begin_layout Subsection
7524 \begin_inset Index idx
7527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7528 Paragraph ! LyX code
7534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7548 environment is another LyX extension.
7549 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7554 key as a fixed whitespace;
7558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7570 \begin_inset space ~
7575 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7580 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7581 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7584 arg "newline-insert newline"
7601 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7602 So, when you finish using the
7606 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7607 Also, you can nest the
7611 environment inside of others.
7614 \begin_layout Standard
7615 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7618 \begin_layout Itemize
7622 arg "newline-insert newline"
7625 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7630 \begin_inset space \space{}
7640 arg "newline-insert newline"
7646 \begin_layout Itemize
7650 arg "newline-insert newline"
7661 \begin_layout Itemize
7666 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7673 \begin_layout Itemize
7677 arg "space-insert protected"
7684 \begin_layout Itemize
7685 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7686 You must put at least one
7690 in any line you want blank.
7691 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7694 \begin_layout Itemize
7695 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7699 since that will insert
7704 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7707 arg "self-insert \""
7713 \begin_layout Standard
7717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7729 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7733 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7734 printf("Hello World!
7739 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7743 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7747 \begin_layout Standard
7748 This is just the standard
7749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7760 \begin_layout Standard
7765 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7766 rc-files, and so on.
7767 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7768 as if you used a typewriter.
7769 \begin_inset Index idx
7772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7773 Paragraph environments|)
7778 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7781 Program Code Listings
7786 \begin_inset space ~
7794 \begin_layout Section
7795 Nesting Environments
7796 \begin_inset Index idx
7799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7800 Nesting ! Environments
7806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7815 \begin_layout Subsection
7819 \begin_layout Standard
7820 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7822 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7824 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7826 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7838 \begin_layout Enumerate
7842 \begin_layout Enumerate
7847 \begin_layout Enumerate
7851 \begin_layout Enumerate
7856 \begin_layout Enumerate
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7861 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7862 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7865 \begin_inset space ~
7869 \begin_inset space ~
7877 \begin_inset space ~
7881 \begin_inset space ~
7890 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7891 will tell you how far you are nested).
7892 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7895 arg "depth-increment"
7901 arg "depth-decrement"
7904 or the convenient key bindings
7915 arg "depth-increment"
7921 arg "depth-decrement"
7924 to change the nesting level.
7925 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7926 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7930 \begin_layout Standard
7931 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7932 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7933 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7934 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7937 \begin_layout Standard
7938 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7939 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7941 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7944 \begin_layout Subsection
7945 What You Can and Can't Nest
7948 \begin_layout Standard
7949 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7950 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7953 \begin_layout Standard
7954 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7955 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7956 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7959 \begin_layout Itemize
7960 Completely unnestable
7963 \begin_layout Itemize
7964 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7968 \begin_layout Itemize
7969 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7975 environments have them:
7978 \begin_layout Description
7979 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7980 Can't nest into them.
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7990 \begin_layout Itemize
7996 \begin_layout Itemize
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8008 \begin_layout Itemize
8015 \begin_layout Description
8017 \begin_inset space ~
8020 Nestable You can nest them.
8021 You can nest other things into them.
8025 \begin_layout Itemize
8031 \begin_layout Itemize
8037 \begin_layout Itemize
8043 \begin_layout Itemize
8049 \begin_layout Itemize
8055 \begin_layout Itemize
8061 \begin_layout Itemize
8067 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Description
8075 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8076 You can't nest anything into them.
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Itemize
8116 \begin_layout Itemize
8122 \begin_layout Itemize
8128 \begin_layout Itemize
8134 \begin_layout Itemize
8140 \begin_layout Itemize
8146 \begin_layout Itemize
8152 \begin_layout Itemize
8158 \begin_layout Itemize
8162 \begin_inset space ~
8168 \begin_layout Itemize
8175 \begin_layout Standard
8176 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8184 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8193 \begin_inset space ~
8197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8201 \begin_inset space \space{}
8204 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8205 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8206 section headings violate this.
8214 \begin_layout Subsection
8215 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8216 \begin_inset Index idx
8219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8220 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8228 \begin_layout Standard
8229 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8230 affected by nesting anyhow.
8234 \begin_layout Itemize
8238 \begin_layout Itemize
8242 \begin_layout Itemize
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8248 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8256 Figures and tables in
8260 are not affected by this.
8265 Have a look at section
8266 \begin_inset space ~
8270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8272 reference "sec:Floats"
8276 for more information about
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8285 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8290 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8298 of its own, it behaves just like a
8299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8306 paragraph environment.
8307 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8311 \begin_layout Standard
8312 Here's an example with a table:
8315 \begin_layout Enumerate
8320 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 This is (a) and it's nested.
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8332 \begin_layout Standard
8334 \begin_inset Tabular
8335 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8336 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8422 \begin_layout Standard
8423 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8430 \begin_layout Enumerate
8432 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8436 \begin_layout Enumerate
8440 \begin_layout Standard
8441 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8444 \begin_layout Enumerate
8449 \begin_layout Enumerate
8450 This is (a) and it's nested.
8454 \begin_layout Standard
8455 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8461 \begin_layout Standard
8463 \begin_inset Tabular
8464 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8465 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8467 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8551 \begin_layout Standard
8552 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8558 \begin_layout Enumerate
8565 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8572 \begin_layout Standard
8573 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8578 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8580 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8583 \begin_layout Enumerate
8588 \begin_layout Enumerate
8589 This is (a) and it's nested.
8592 \begin_layout Standard
8593 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8599 \begin_layout Standard
8601 \begin_inset Tabular
8602 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8603 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8690 \begin_layout Standard
8691 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8697 \begin_layout Enumerate
8699 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8706 \begin_layout Enumerate
8710 \begin_layout Standard
8711 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8717 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8718 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8722 \begin_layout Subsection
8723 Usage and General Features
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8736 is the innermost possible depth.
8737 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8740 \begin_layout Enumerate
8741 level #1 – outermost
8745 \begin_layout Enumerate
8750 \begin_layout Enumerate
8755 \begin_layout Enumerate
8760 \begin_layout Itemize
8765 \begin_layout Itemize
8774 \begin_layout Standard
8775 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8776 both of them in the example.
8777 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8787 For example, if we tried to nest another
8792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8799 , we would get errors.
8802 \begin_layout Subsection
8804 \begin_inset Index idx
8807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8816 \begin_layout Standard
8817 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8818 We have several examples of nested environments.
8819 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8824 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8827 \begin_layout Labeling
8828 \labelwidthstring MMM
8829 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8838 \begin_layout Labeling
8839 \labelwidthstring MMM
8840 #2-a This is level #2.
8841 We created it by using
8844 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
8850 arg "depth-increment"
8857 \begin_layout Labeling
8858 \labelwidthstring MMM
8859 #3-a This is level #3.
8860 This time, we just hit
8867 arg "depth-increment"
8871 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8875 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
8881 arg "depth-increment"
8888 \begin_layout Standard
8893 environment, nested inside of
8894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8902 So, it's at level #4.
8903 We did this by hitting
8906 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
8912 arg "depth-increment"
8915 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8920 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8936 \begin_layout Standard
8941 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8944 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
8950 \begin_layout Labeling
8951 \labelwidthstring MMM
8952 #4-a This is level #4.
8956 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
8959 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8964 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8968 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8973 keep nesting things inside
8974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8985 \begin_layout Labeling
8986 \labelwidthstring MMM
8987 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8992 \begin_layout Labeling
8993 \labelwidthstring MMM
8994 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8995 and this is level #6.
8996 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9000 \begin_layout Labeling
9001 \labelwidthstring MMM
9002 #5-b Back to level #5.
9006 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9012 arg "depth-decrement"
9019 \begin_layout Labeling
9020 \labelwidthstring MMM
9024 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9030 arg "depth-decrement"
9033 , we're back at level #4.
9037 \begin_layout Labeling
9038 \labelwidthstring MMM
9039 #3-b Back to level #3.
9040 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9044 \begin_layout Labeling
9045 \labelwidthstring MMM
9046 #2-b Back to level #2.
9051 \begin_layout Labeling
9052 \labelwidthstring MMM
9053 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9054 After this sentence, we will hit
9058 and change the paragraph environment back to
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 We could have also used the
9082 environment in place of the
9087 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9091 Example 2: Inheritance
9094 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9095 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9098 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9107 arg "depth-increment"
9110 , after which, we will change to the
9118 \begin_layout Enumerate
9123 environment, at level #2.
9126 \begin_layout Enumerate
9127 Notice how the nested
9131 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9135 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9139 \begin_layout Standard
9140 We ended this example by hitting
9145 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9149 and reset the nesting depth by using
9152 arg "depth-decrement"
9158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9159 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9168 \begin_inset Argument
9171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9172 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9180 \begin_layout Enumerate
9181 This is level #1, in an
9185 paragraph environment.
9186 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9190 \begin_layout Enumerate
9195 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9201 arg "depth-increment"
9205 Now, what happens if we nest an
9209 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9210 label be? An asterisk?
9214 \begin_layout Itemize
9224 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9225 So, its label is a bullet.
9226 (We got here by using
9229 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9235 arg "depth-increment"
9238 , then changing the environment to
9246 \begin_layout Itemize
9247 Here's level #4, produced using
9250 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9256 arg "depth-increment"
9260 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9265 \begin_layout Enumerate
9266 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9268 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9273 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9277 , because we are in the
9286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9305 \begin_layout Enumerate
9310 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9311 type of numbering does LyX use?
9314 \begin_layout Enumerate
9315 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9318 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9321 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9324 \begin_layout Enumerate
9328 arg "depth-decrement"
9331 to decrease the depth after the next
9334 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9341 \begin_layout Enumerate
9343 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9347 \begin_layout Enumerate
9349 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9350 numeral as the label.Why?
9353 \begin_layout Enumerate
9354 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9363 Notice, however, that LyX
9367 reset the counter for the label.
9371 \begin_layout Enumerate
9375 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9381 arg "depth-decrement"
9384 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9385 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9386 into the twofold-nested
9394 \begin_layout Enumerate
9395 The same thing happens if we do another
9398 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9404 arg "depth-decrement"
9407 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9410 \begin_layout Standard
9411 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9416 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9430 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9436 The same rule applies for the
9440 environment, as well.
9443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9444 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9447 \begin_layout Enumerate
9448 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9449 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9450 the same detail with how we did it.
9459 \begin_layout Standard
9467 arg "depth-increment"
9474 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9475 the example in parentheses someplace.
9476 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9477 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9478 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9482 \begin_layout Enumerate
9487 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9492 Now we will add verse.
9493 \begin_inset Newline newline
9496 It will get much worse.
9497 \begin_inset Newline newline
9507 arg "depth-increment"
9518 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9519 \begin_inset Newline newline
9522 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9523 \begin_inset Newline newline
9529 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9543 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_inset Tabular
9552 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9553 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9644 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9654 arg "depth-increment"
9660 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9670 arg "depth-decrement"
9677 \begin_layout Enumerate
9682 : level #1) This is another item.
9683 Note that selecting a
9687 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9688 3 times to put the table inside the
9696 \begin_layout Quotation
9697 We're now ending the
9701 list and changing to
9706 We're still at level #1.
9707 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9708 The next set of paragraphs is a
9709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9716 We will nest both the
9723 \begin_inset space ~
9728 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9732 for the letter body.
9736 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9739 to preserve the depth.
9740 Remember that you need to use
9743 arg "newline-insert newline"
9746 to create multiple lines inside the
9753 \begin_inset space ~
9763 \begin_layout Right Address
9765 \begin_inset Newline newline
9768 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9769 \begin_inset Newline newline
9775 \begin_layout Address
9777 \begin_inset space ~
9783 \begin_layout Quotation
9784 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9788 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9789 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9790 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9791 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9792 as soon as possible.
9793 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9796 \begin_layout Quotation
9797 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9798 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9799 with your order, along with payment.
9802 \begin_layout Quotation
9803 We thank you again for your patience.
9806 \begin_layout Address
9808 \begin_inset Newline newline
9815 \begin_layout Quotation
9816 That ends that example!
9819 \begin_layout Standard
9820 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9821 just a few keystrokes.
9822 We could have easily nested an
9843 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9846 \begin_layout Section
9847 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9848 \begin_inset Index idx
9851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9860 \begin_layout Standard
9861 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9862 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9863 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9864 be broken at the end of a line.
9865 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9869 \begin_layout Subsection
9871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9873 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9878 \begin_inset Index idx
9881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9890 \begin_layout Standard
9891 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9893 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9897 Further documentation is given in section
9898 \begin_inset Newline newline
9902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9904 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9912 \begin_layout Standard
9913 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9928 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9937 A protected space is set with
9939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9940 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9944 \begin_inset space ~
9954 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9960 \begin_layout Subsection
9962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9964 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9969 \begin_inset Index idx
9972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9973 Spacing ! Horizontal
9981 \begin_layout Standard
9982 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9985 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9989 The length units are listed in Appendix
9990 \begin_inset space ~
9994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9996 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
10003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10007 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10012 \begin_inset Index idx
10015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10016 Spaces ! Inter-word
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10026 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10030 \begin_inset space \space{}
10033 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10034 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10041 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10046 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10047 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10050 arg "space-insert normal"
10056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10060 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10065 \begin_inset Index idx
10068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 \begin_layout Standard
10079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10086 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10095 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10096 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10097 inside abbreviations:
10100 \begin_layout Quote
10102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10106 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10109 \begin_layout Standard
10110 or between values and units.
10111 Compare for example this:
10112 \begin_inset Newline newline
10116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10120 \begin_inset Newline newline
10123 10 kg (normal space
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10127 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10130 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10132 \begin_inset space ~
10140 arg "space-insert thin"
10146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10150 \begin_layout Standard
10151 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10154 \begin_layout Description
10156 \begin_inset space ~
10160 \begin_inset space ~
10163 space A line with a
10164 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10168 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10172 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10175 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10178 \begin_layout Description
10180 \begin_inset space ~
10184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10188 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10192 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10196 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10200 \begin_inset space ~
10204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10207 em) space between the arrows.
10210 \begin_layout Description
10212 \begin_inset space ~
10216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10220 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10224 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10228 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10232 \begin_inset space ~
10236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10239 em) space between the arrows.
10242 \begin_layout Description
10244 \begin_inset space ~
10248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10252 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10256 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10260 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10264 \begin_inset space ~
10268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10271 em) space between the arrows.
10274 \begin_layout Description
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10280 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10284 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10289 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10296 cm space between the arrows.
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10301 \begin_inset space ~
10305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10307 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10311 lists the different space sizes.
10314 \begin_layout Standard
10315 \begin_inset Float table
10320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10322 \begin_inset Caption
10324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10327 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10331 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10341 \begin_inset Tabular
10342 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10343 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10345 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10568 \begin_inset Index idx
10571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10580 \begin_layout Standard
10581 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10582 in a uniform fashion.
10583 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10584 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10585 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10586 equally between themselves.
10589 \begin_layout Standard
10590 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10593 \begin_layout Quote
10595 This is on the left side
10596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10599 This is on the right
10602 \begin_layout Quote
10605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10615 \begin_layout Quote
10618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10632 \begin_layout Standard
10633 That was an example in the
10639 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10647 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10650 is one in a standard paragraph.
10651 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10655 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10662 \begin_inset space ~
10667 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10672 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10684 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10700 \begin_inset space ~
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10708 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10736 \begin_inset space ~
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10751 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10755 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10756 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10757 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10761 option in the space dialog.
10769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10773 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10778 \begin_inset Index idx
10781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10790 \begin_layout Standard
10791 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10797 \begin_inset space \space{}
10800 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10807 What is correct English?:
10808 \begin_inset Newline newline
10812 \begin_inset Newline newline
10816 \begin_inset space ~
10819 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10820 \begin_inset Newline newline
10824 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10835 \begin_inset Newline newline
10839 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10850 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10856 \begin_layout Standard
10857 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10874 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10877 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10881 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10887 \begin_inset space ~
10891 \begin_inset space ~
10895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10898 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10907 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10908 That is why it is named
10909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10918 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10922 \begin_layout Subsection
10924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10926 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10931 \begin_inset Index idx
10934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10944 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10947 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10949 \begin_inset space ~
10955 There you find the following sizes:
10958 \begin_layout Standard
10971 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10976 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10982 \begin_inset Index idx
10985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10986 Document ! Settings
10991 for the paragraph separation.
10992 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11009 \begin_inset Index idx
11012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11019 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11021 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11022 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11031 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 s are described in section
11041 \begin_inset space ~
11045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11047 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11056 If there are several
11060 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11061 You can therefore use
11065 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11068 \begin_layout Standard
11073 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11087 \begin_layout Standard
11088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11098 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11099 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11111 \begin_layout Subsection
11112 Paragraph Alignment
11113 \begin_inset Index idx
11116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11117 Paragraph ! Alignment
11125 \begin_layout Standard
11126 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11131 dialog (toolbar button
11134 arg "layout-paragraph"
11138 There are five possibilities:
11141 \begin_layout Itemize
11149 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11155 \begin_layout Itemize
11163 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11169 \begin_layout Itemize
11177 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11183 \begin_layout Itemize
11191 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11197 \begin_layout Itemize
11205 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11211 \begin_layout Standard
11212 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11213 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11214 the left and right margins.
11215 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11218 \begin_layout Standard
11220 This paragraph is right aligned,
11223 \begin_layout Standard
11225 this one is centered,
11228 \begin_layout Standard
11230 this one is left aligned.
11233 \begin_layout Subsection
11235 \begin_inset Index idx
11238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 Page breaks ! Forced
11245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11247 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11254 \begin_layout Standard
11255 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11256 can force a page break where you want one.
11257 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11258 Only if you use a lot of
11262 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11265 \begin_layout Standard
11266 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11267 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11271 have to change the page breaking.
11274 \begin_layout Standard
11275 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11277 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11280 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11282 \begin_inset space ~
11288 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11291 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11293 \begin_inset space ~
11298 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11300 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11301 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11304 \begin_layout Standard
11305 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11306 at the top of a page.
11307 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11308 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11309 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11310 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11314 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11318 to learn more about
11325 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11329 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11334 \begin_inset Index idx
11337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11338 Page breaks ! Clear
11346 \begin_layout Standard
11347 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11348 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11349 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11350 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11351 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11354 \begin_layout Standard
11355 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11358 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11360 \begin_inset space ~
11366 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11369 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11371 \begin_inset space ~
11375 \begin_inset space ~
11380 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11381 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11384 \begin_layout Subsection
11386 \begin_inset Index idx
11389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11398 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11405 \begin_layout Standard
11406 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11408 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11411 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11413 \begin_inset space ~
11417 \begin_inset space ~
11425 arg "newline-insert newline"
11429 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11432 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11434 \begin_inset space ~
11438 \begin_inset space ~
11443 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11445 This is useful to avoid
11446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11453 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11457 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11458 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11459 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11460 set a line break, e.
11461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11465 \begin_inset space \space{}
11468 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11475 reference "sec:Quote"
11480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11482 reference "sec:Verse"
11487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11489 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11496 \begin_layout Subsection
11498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11500 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11505 \begin_inset Index idx
11508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11517 \begin_layout Standard
11519 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11530 \begin_layout Standard
11534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11535 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11537 \begin_inset space ~
11542 you can insert horizontal lines.
11543 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11544 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11545 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11550 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11561 \begin_layout Section
11562 Characters and Symbols
11565 \begin_layout Standard
11566 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11567 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11572 \begin_inset space \space{}
11575 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11583 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11587 for information on how this is done.
11590 \begin_layout Standard
11591 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11596 dialog via the menu
11598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11599 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11605 \begin_layout Standard
11606 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11614 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11615 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11616 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11624 \begin_layout Section
11625 Fonts and Text Styles
11626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11628 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11635 \begin_layout Subsection
11637 \begin_inset Index idx
11640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11649 \begin_layout Standard
11650 There are two types of fonts:
11653 \begin_layout Description
11655 \begin_inset space ~
11659 \begin_inset Index idx
11662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11668 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11673 characters) in the font.
11674 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11675 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11676 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11677 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11678 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11679 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11680 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11681 \begin_inset Newline newline
11684 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11685 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11686 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11687 sizes than at small ones.
11688 \begin_inset Newline newline
11702 \begin_inset space ~
11710 \begin_layout Description
11712 \begin_inset space ~
11716 \begin_inset Index idx
11719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11725 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11726 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11727 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11728 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11729 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11730 picture manipulation program.
11731 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11732 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11733 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11734 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11735 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11737 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11738 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11739 \begin_inset Newline newline
11742 Bitmap fonts are named
11745 \begin_inset space ~
11750 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11753 \begin_layout Standard
11754 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11755 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11756 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11757 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11758 use scalable fonts.
11761 \begin_layout Standard
11762 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11763 its document properties.
11766 \begin_layout Standard
11767 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11768 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11769 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11770 font to emphasize text, you use an
11771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11779 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11780 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11784 \begin_layout Subsection
11786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11788 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11795 \begin_layout Standard
11796 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11797 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11798 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11800 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11801 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11802 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11803 to usual word processors.
11804 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11805 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11806 across different machines.
11807 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11808 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11810 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11812 \begin_inset space ~
11816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11818 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11823 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11824 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11828 \begin_layout Standard
11829 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11830 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11832 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11833 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11834 that is installed on your system.
11835 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11838 \begin_layout Standard
11839 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11848 es; so you might have to experiment.
11856 \begin_layout Standard
11857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11865 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11866 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11874 \begin_layout Subsection
11875 Document Font and Font size
11876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11878 name "sub:Document-Font"
11883 \begin_inset Index idx
11886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11893 \begin_inset Index idx
11896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11905 \begin_layout Standard
11906 You can set the document fonts in the
11908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11912 \begin_inset Index idx
11915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11916 Document ! Settings
11926 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11927 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11930 \begin_inset space ~
11939 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11940 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11960 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11961 This requires that you use
11967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12006 as the output format, i.
12007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12011 \begin_inset space \space{}
12014 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12015 \begin_inset space ~
12019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12021 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12026 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12027 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12029 \begin_inset space ~
12032 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12033 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12034 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12036 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12039 \begin_layout Standard
12040 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12045 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12050 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12051 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12077 European Computer Modern
12080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12087 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12090 \begin_layout Standard
12099 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12100 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12105 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12108 \begin_inset space ~
12113 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12119 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12120 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12123 \begin_layout Itemize
12127 \begin_inset space ~
12132 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12145 \begin_inset space ~
12150 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12154 as the default font.
12155 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12156 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12159 \begin_inset space ~
12172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12173 One difference is improved kerning.
12181 \begin_layout Itemize
12185 \begin_inset space ~
12189 \begin_inset space ~
12194 fonts in (the rare) case that
12197 \begin_inset space ~
12202 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12217 Virtual means that it
12218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12229 -glyphs from other fonts.
12230 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12252 Loading the LaTeX-package
12257 \begin_inset Index idx
12260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12261 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12266 with the document preamble line
12267 \begin_inset Newline newline
12274 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12275 \begin_inset Newline newline
12280 will fix the guillemet problem.
12285 and that accented characters are not
12289 glyph, but built of
12293 characters, the accent and the letter.
12294 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12300 If you search for example for the French word
12301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12308 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12317 and not for the glyph
12318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12322 \begin_inset space ~
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12332 \begin_layout Itemize
12333 If you do not like the look of
12341 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12346 \begin_inset space ~
12352 \begin_inset space ~
12362 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12363 \begin_inset space ~
12366 serif and typewriter fonts,
12370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12371 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12378 \begin_inset space ~
12387 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12392 \begin_inset space \space{}
12400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12404 \begin_inset space \space{}
12410 \begin_inset space ~
12418 \begin_inset space ~
12428 but you can also select your own.
12429 \begin_inset Newline newline
12432 The differences between roman,
12435 \begin_inset space ~
12444 fonts are explained in section
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12451 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12456 \begin_inset Newline newline
12462 \begin_inset space ~
12467 was originally designed for newspapers.
12468 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12469 into the small newspaper columns.
12473 \begin_inset space ~
12478 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12482 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12495 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12500 depends on the class you are using.
12501 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12504 \begin_layout Standard
12505 Note that the font size is the
12510 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12511 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12512 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12515 \begin_inset space ~
12521 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12522 \begin_inset space ~
12526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12528 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12535 \begin_layout Standard
12540 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12542 \begin_inset space ~
12545 serif or typewriter.
12550 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12560 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12563 \begin_layout Standard
12572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12581 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12587 \begin_inset Index idx
12590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12591 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12597 \begin_inset space ~
12601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12603 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12608 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12609 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12619 Use Old Style Figures
12623 Use True Small Caps
12626 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12629 Use Old Style Figures
12631 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12633 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12641 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12645 Use True Small Caps
12647 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12648 of scaled capitals.
12649 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12650 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12653 \begin_layout Standard
12658 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12659 a font to display the script characters.
12663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12664 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12669 \begin_inset Index idx
12672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12673 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12678 So this has no effect for the document language
12694 \begin_layout Standard
12695 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12699 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12707 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12711 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12712 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12713 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12715 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12718 dialog, see section
12719 \begin_inset space ~
12723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12725 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12737 \begin_layout Subsection
12738 Using Different Character Styles
12739 \begin_inset Index idx
12742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12749 \begin_inset Index idx
12752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12761 \begin_layout Standard
12762 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12763 certain paragraph environments.
12764 LyX supports two character styles,
12773 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12782 style, do one of the following:
12785 \begin_layout Itemize
12786 click on the toolbar button
12795 \begin_layout Itemize
12796 use the key binding
12805 \begin_layout Standard
12806 These commands are all toggles.
12811 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 One typically uses the
12819 style for proper names.
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12828 is the original author of LyX.
12829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12835 \begin_layout Standard
12836 A more widely used character style is the
12841 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12848 \begin_layout Itemize
12849 clicking on the toolbar button
12858 \begin_layout Itemize
12859 using the keybindings
12868 \begin_layout Standard
12873 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12874 es use a different font.
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 We've been using the
12882 style all over the place in this document.
12883 Here's one more example:
12886 \begin_layout Quotation
12889 Do not overuse character styles!
12892 \begin_layout Standard
12893 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12894 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12895 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12896 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12909 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12911 \begin_inset space ~
12919 \begin_layout Subsection
12920 Fine-Tuning with the
12925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12927 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12932 \begin_inset Index idx
12935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12944 \begin_layout Standard
12945 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12946 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12947 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12948 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12949 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12950 from ordinary dialog.
12953 \begin_layout Standard
12954 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12955 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12956 \begin_inset Newline newline
12959 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12960 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12963 \begin_layout Standard
12964 To use custom character styles, open the
12966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12968 \begin_inset space ~
12971 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12974 dialog or press the toolbar button
12977 arg "dialog-show character"
12981 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12982 font property that you can choose.
12983 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12986 \begin_inset space ~
12991 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12996 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12997 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12998 environments in a snap.
13001 \begin_layout Standard
13002 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13005 \begin_inset space ~
13017 \begin_layout Labeling
13018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13032 The possible options are:
13036 \begin_layout Labeling
13037 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13042 This is the Roman font family.
13043 Normally a serif font.
13044 It's also the default family.
13054 \begin_layout Labeling
13055 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13059 \begin_inset space ~
13066 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13078 \begin_layout Labeling
13079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13086 This is the Typewriter font family.
13092 arg "font-typewriter"
13101 \begin_layout Labeling
13102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13107 This corresponds to the print weight.
13112 \begin_layout Labeling
13113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13118 This is the Medium font series.
13119 It's also the default series.
13122 \begin_layout Labeling
13123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13130 This is the Bold font series.
13143 \begin_layout Labeling
13144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13149 As the name implies.
13154 \begin_layout Labeling
13155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13160 This is the Upright font shape.
13161 It's also the default shape.
13164 \begin_layout Labeling
13165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13179 s the Italic font shape
13185 \begin_layout Labeling
13186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13193 This is the Slanted font shape
13195 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13198 \begin_layout Labeling
13199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13203 \begin_inset space ~
13210 This is the Small caps font shape
13217 \begin_layout Labeling
13218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13223 Alters the size of the font.
13224 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13225 proportional to the document font size.
13226 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13227 what you want to do.
13232 \begin_layout Labeling
13233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13254 arg "font-size tiny"
13260 \begin_layout Labeling
13261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13282 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13288 \begin_layout Labeling
13289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13310 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13316 \begin_layout Labeling
13317 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13338 arg "font-size small"
13344 \begin_layout Labeling
13345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13359 It's also the default size.
13363 arg "font-size normal"
13369 \begin_layout Labeling
13370 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13391 arg "font-size large"
13397 \begin_layout Labeling
13398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13419 arg "font-size larger"
13425 \begin_layout Labeling
13426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13447 arg "font-size largest"
13453 \begin_layout Labeling
13454 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13475 arg "font-size huge"
13481 \begin_layout Labeling
13482 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13503 arg "font-size giant"
13509 \begin_layout Labeling
13510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13515 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13535 arg "font-size increase"
13541 \begin_layout Labeling
13542 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13547 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13567 arg "font-size decrease"
13574 \begin_layout Standard
13579 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13580 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13581 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13582 — use those instead.
13583 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13586 \begin_layout Labeling
13587 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13592 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13597 \begin_layout Labeling
13598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13605 This is text with emphasize on
13608 This might seem like the same as
13612 , but it is actually a bit different.
13618 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13620 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13623 \begin_layout Labeling
13624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13631 This is text with Underbar on.
13637 arg "font-underline"
13643 \begin_inset Newline newline
13648 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13649 when you could not change fonts.
13650 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13651 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13655 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13658 \begin_layout Labeling
13659 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13663 \begin_inset space ~
13670 This is text with Double underbar on.
13676 arg "font-underunderline"
13680 \begin_inset Newline newline
13683 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13684 about double underbar.
13687 \begin_layout Labeling
13688 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13692 \begin_inset space ~
13699 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13705 arg "font-underwave"
13709 \begin_inset Newline newline
13712 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13713 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13716 \begin_layout Labeling
13717 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13724 This is text with Strikeout on.
13730 arg "font-strikeout"
13734 \begin_inset Newline newline
13737 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13738 changed in the meantime.
13741 \begin_layout Labeling
13742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13749 This is text with Noun on.
13756 , this is a logical attribute.
13757 Normally it's equivalent to
13760 \begin_inset space ~
13769 \begin_layout Labeling
13770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13775 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13776 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13780 \begin_inset space ~
13785 , which is the default
13786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13793 and means normally black, you can choose between
13826 \begin_inset Index idx
13829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13838 \begin_layout Labeling
13839 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13844 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13845 the language of the document.
13846 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13848 \begin_inset Newline newline
13851 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13852 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13853 When using the spell checking (see section
13854 \begin_inset space ~
13858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13860 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13864 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13869 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13871 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13873 \begin_inset space ~
13878 dialog, the settings are saved.
13879 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13882 arg "textstyle-apply"
13886 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13890 \begin_layout Standard
13891 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13898 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13899 (suppose you just set the shape to
13900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13918 \begin_inset space ~
13930 \begin_layout Standard
13931 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13939 \begin_inset space ~
13951 \begin_layout Itemize
13957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13964 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13982 \begin_inset Newline newline
13986 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14000 \begin_inset Note Note
14003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14004 For more on phantoms see section
14005 \begin_inset space ~
14009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14011 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14021 \begin_inset Newline newline
14027 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 fonts use characters with serifs.
14033 These are the small
14034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14041 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14042 The following example shows the difference:
14043 \begin_inset Newline newline
14047 \begin_inset Newline newline
14052 text without serifs
14055 \begin_inset Newline newline
14058 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14059 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14066 \begin_layout Itemize
14071 is not recommended to use a base type.
14072 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14073 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14076 \begin_layout Standard
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14084 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14085 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14086 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14088 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14089 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14090 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14109 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14117 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14121 \begin_inset space ~
14126 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14142 \begin_inset space \space{}
14146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14164 \begin_inset space ~
14169 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14178 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14181 \begin_layout Standard
14182 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14183 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14186 \begin_layout Section
14187 Printing and Previewing
14190 \begin_layout Subsection
14194 \begin_layout Standard
14195 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14196 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14197 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14198 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14199 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14201 Additional Features
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14207 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14208 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14209 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14210 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14211 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14212 This happens in two stages:
14215 \begin_layout Enumerate
14216 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14217 generating a file with the extension,
14218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14232 \begin_layout Enumerate
14233 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14237 file to produce printable output.
14241 \begin_layout Subsection
14242 Output file formats
14243 \begin_inset Index idx
14246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14255 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14263 Simple text (ASCII)
14264 \begin_inset Index idx
14267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14268 File formats ! ASCII
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 This file type has the extension
14278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14290 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14294 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14301 \begin_layout Standard
14302 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14304 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14305 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14307 \begin_inset space ~
14314 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14315 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14317 \begin_inset space ~
14321 \begin_inset space ~
14327 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14333 \begin_inset Index idx
14336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14337 File formats ! LaTeX
14345 \begin_layout Standard
14346 This file type has the extension
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14358 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14360 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14361 it manually with console commands.
14362 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14363 you view or export your document.
14366 \begin_layout Standard
14367 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14369 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14370 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14385 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14386 \begin_inset space ~
14390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14392 reference "sub:Export"
14399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14401 \begin_inset Index idx
14404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14414 This file type has the extension
14415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14435 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14436 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14437 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14441 \begin_layout Standard
14442 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14443 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14444 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14445 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14446 when you view the DVI.
14447 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14450 \begin_layout Standard
14451 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14453 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14454 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14459 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14460 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14462 \begin_inset space ~
14469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14479 The latter option uses the program
14488 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14489 font access (see section
14490 \begin_inset space ~
14494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14496 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14501 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14502 standard TeX processor.
14505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14507 \begin_inset Index idx
14510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14511 File formats ! PostScript
14519 \begin_layout Standard
14520 This file type has the extension
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14533 PostScript was developed by the company
14537 as a printer language.
14538 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14540 PostScript can be seen as a
14541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 programming language
14545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14548 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14553 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14559 \begin_inset Index idx
14562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14563 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14573 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14576 \begin_layout Standard
14577 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14581 Encapsulated PostScript
14582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14585 (EPS, file extension
14586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14598 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14599 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14605 \begin_inset space \space{}
14609 \begin_inset space ~
14612 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14613 \begin_inset space ~
14616 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14617 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14618 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14619 EPS to avoid this problem.
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14625 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14626 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14634 \begin_inset Index idx
14637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14644 \begin_inset Index idx
14647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_layout Standard
14657 This file type has the extension
14658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14674 Portable Document Format
14675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14682 was derived from PostScript.
14683 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14693 looks exactly the same.
14696 \begin_layout Standard
14697 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14701 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 (JPG, file extension
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14733 Portable Network Graphics
14734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14737 (PNG, file extension
14738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14750 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14751 background to one of these formats.
14752 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14753 will slow down your workflow.
14754 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14760 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14766 \begin_layout Description
14768 \begin_inset space ~
14771 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14775 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14776 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14780 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14781 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14784 \begin_layout Description
14786 \begin_inset space ~
14789 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14793 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14797 \begin_layout Description
14799 \begin_inset space ~
14802 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14806 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14809 \begin_layout Description
14811 \begin_inset space ~
14818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14825 X) This uses the program
14829 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14834 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14835 font access (see section
14836 \begin_inset space ~
14840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14842 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14847 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14848 y written Japanese.
14851 \begin_layout Description
14853 \begin_inset space ~
14860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 X) This uses the program
14871 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14876 is an even newer engine, derived from
14880 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14881 access (see section
14882 \begin_inset space ~
14886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14888 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14893 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14894 standard TeX processor.
14897 \begin_layout Standard
14901 \begin_inset space ~
14910 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14911 works without problems.
14912 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14913 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14917 \begin_inset space ~
14924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14936 \begin_inset space ~
14943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14952 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14962 \begin_inset Index idx
14965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14966 FileFormats ! XHTML
14972 \begin_inset Index idx
14975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14984 \begin_layout Standard
14985 This file type has the extension
14986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14998 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14999 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
15000 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15001 suitable for the purpose.
15002 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15005 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15008 between different formats, which are described in section
15010 Math Output in XHTML
15015 \begin_inset space ~
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15024 XHTML output remains
15025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15032 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15035 LyX and the World Wide Web
15039 Additional Features
15041 manual, for more information.
15044 \begin_layout Standard
15045 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15047 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15048 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15054 \begin_layout Subsection
15056 \begin_inset Index idx
15059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15069 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15070 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15079 or use the toolbar button
15086 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15087 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15094 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15098 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15106 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15111 Further output formats can be selected via
15113 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15116 or the toolbar button
15117 \begin_inset Graphics
15118 filename ../images/view-others.png
15120 groupId toolbarbuttons
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15128 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15129 viewer window using the menu
15131 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15136 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15137 Update (Other Formats)
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15145 To have a real output, export your document.
15148 \begin_layout Subsection
15149 Printing the File from within LyX
15150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15152 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15159 \begin_layout Standard
15160 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15161 it directly from within LyX.
15162 To print a file, select the menu
15164 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15167 or click on the toolbar button
15170 arg "dialog-show print"
15174 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15175 This file is then processed by the program
15179 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15184 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15188 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15189 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15190 printing one set to print on the other side.
15191 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15192 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15193 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15197 You can set the following print parameters in the
15200 \begin_inset space ~
15208 \begin_layout Labeling
15209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15214 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15219 Note that this printer name is for the program
15228 has to be configured for this printer name.
15229 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15230 \begin_inset space ~
15234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15236 reference "sub:Printer"
15245 The printer should understand PostScript.
15248 \begin_layout Labeling
15249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15254 The name of a file to print to.
15255 The output will be a PostScript file.
15256 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15260 \begin_layout Section
15261 A few Words about Typography
15262 \begin_inset Index idx
15265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15274 \begin_layout Subsection
15275 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15276 \begin_inset Index idx
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15286 \begin_inset Index idx
15289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15298 \begin_layout Standard
15300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15311 character comes in four lengths: the
15323 , and the minus sign:
15324 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15330 \begin_layout Standard
15331 \begin_inset Tabular
15332 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15333 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15334 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15335 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15336 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15337 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15366 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15406 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15433 \begin_inset space ~
15436 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15443 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15470 \begin_inset space ~
15473 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15528 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15534 \begin_layout Standard
15535 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15547 character multiple times in a row.
15548 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15549 the final output, but not in LyX.
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15582 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15583 math mode and has a length of its own.
15584 Here are some examples:
15587 \begin_layout Enumerate
15588 line- and page-breaks
15589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15599 \begin_layout Enumerate
15601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15611 \begin_layout Enumerate
15612 Oh — there's a dash.
15613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15623 \begin_layout Enumerate
15624 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15638 \begin_layout Subsection
15640 \begin_inset Index idx
15643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15652 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15659 \begin_layout Standard
15660 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15661 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15666 \begin_inset Index idx
15669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15670 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15675 following the rules of the document language.
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15679 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15684 font and with unusual constructs, like
15685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15693 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15695 This is done with the menu
15697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15698 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15700 \begin_inset space ~
15706 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15707 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15710 \begin_layout Standard
15711 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15712 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15722 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15730 as a hyphenation possibility.
15731 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15732 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15733 as described in section
15734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 Prevent Hyphenation
15738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15744 \begin_inset space ~
15752 \begin_layout Subsection
15754 \begin_inset Index idx
15757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15767 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15770 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15777 \begin_layout Standard
15778 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15779 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15780 LaTeX then adds the
15781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15784 appropriate amount of space
15785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15789 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15791 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15792 gets after another word.
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15796 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15797 not work in all cases.
15799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15810 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15811 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15814 \begin_layout Standard
15815 Here are some examples of
15819 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15822 \begin_layout Itemize
15827 \begin_layout Itemize
15832 \begin_layout Standard
15833 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15836 \begin_layout Itemize
15838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15842 this is too much space!
15845 \begin_layout Itemize
15850 \begin_layout Standard
15851 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15854 \begin_layout Standard
15855 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15858 \begin_layout Enumerate
15862 \begin_inset space ~
15867 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15868 \begin_inset space ~
15872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15874 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15879 \begin_inset Index idx
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15883 Spaces ! inter-word
15891 \begin_layout Enumerate
15895 \begin_inset space ~
15900 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15901 \begin_inset space ~
15905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15907 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15912 \begin_inset Index idx
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 \begin_layout Enumerate
15928 \begin_inset space ~
15932 \begin_inset space ~
15936 \begin_inset space ~
15943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15945 \begin_inset space ~
15950 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15951 This function is also bound to
15954 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15961 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15964 \begin_layout Itemize
15966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15970 \begin_inset space \space{}
15973 this is too much space!
15976 \begin_layout Itemize
15977 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15981 \begin_layout Standard
15982 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15983 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15984 will take care of this.
15987 \begin_layout Standard
15988 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15992 \begin_inset space ~
15997 feature described in section
16003 Additional Features
16008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16010 \begin_inset Index idx
16013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16014 Typography ! Quotes
16020 \begin_inset Index idx
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 \begin_layout Standard
16055 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16056 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16057 and use a closing quote at the end.
16059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16067 The keyboard character,
16071 , generates this automatically.
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16075 You can specify what character the
16079 key produces using the submenu
16085 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16089 \begin_inset Index idx
16092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 Document ! Settings
16103 There are six choices:
16106 \begin_layout Labeling
16107 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16119 Use quotes like this
16120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16130 \begin_layout Labeling
16131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16134 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16138 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16144 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16148 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16154 \begin_layout Labeling
16155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16158 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16162 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16168 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16172 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16178 \begin_layout Labeling
16179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16182 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16186 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16192 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16196 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16202 \begin_layout Labeling
16203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16206 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16210 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16216 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16220 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16226 \begin_layout Labeling
16227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16230 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16234 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16240 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16244 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16250 \begin_layout Subsection
16252 \begin_inset Index idx
16255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16256 Typography ! Ligatures
16262 \begin_inset Index idx
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16296 name "sub:Ligatures"
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16304 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16305 print them as single characters.
16306 These groups are known as
16311 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16313 Here are the standard ligatures:
16316 \begin_layout Itemize
16320 \begin_layout Itemize
16324 \begin_layout Itemize
16328 \begin_layout Itemize
16332 \begin_layout Itemize
16336 \begin_layout Standard
16337 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16340 \begin_layout Standard
16341 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16342 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16350 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16366 To break a ligature, use
16368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16369 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16371 \begin_inset space ~
16378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16389 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16406 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16414 \begin_layout Subsection
16416 \begin_inset Index idx
16419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16428 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16435 \begin_layout Standard
16436 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16437 characters in different sizes and heights.
16438 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16439 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16459 \begin_inset Note Note
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16463 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16471 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16472 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16477 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16481 \begin_layout Description
16482 LyX The name of the game, write
16483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16504 \begin_layout Description
16505 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16527 \begin_layout Description
16528 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16550 \begin_layout Description
16551 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16573 \begin_layout Standard
16574 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16579 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16587 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16588 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16589 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16592 : The actual version is
16593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16600 , the previous one was
16601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16611 \begin_layout Standard
16612 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16617 \begin_inset space \space{}
16620 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16622 This will look in LyX like:
16623 \begin_inset Graphics
16624 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16630 \begin_inset Newline newline
16633 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16634 \begin_inset space ~
16638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16640 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16647 \begin_layout Subsection
16649 \begin_inset Index idx
16652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 \begin_layout Standard
16662 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16663 space between two words.
16664 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16674 for units use the menu
16676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16677 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16679 \begin_inset space ~
16687 arg "space-insert thin"
16693 \begin_layout Standard
16694 Here is an example to show the differences:
16697 \begin_layout Standard
16698 \begin_inset Tabular
16699 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16700 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16701 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16702 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 \begin_inset space ~
16713 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 space between number and unit
16732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16741 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16753 half space between number and unit
16766 \begin_layout Subsection
16768 \begin_inset Index idx
16771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16780 \begin_layout Standard
16781 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16783 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16784 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16785 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16786 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16787 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16788 These bits of text became known as
16799 \begin_layout Standard
16800 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16801 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16802 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16803 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16804 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16805 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16806 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16809 \begin_layout Standard
16810 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16811 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16812 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16813 \begin_inset space ~
16817 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16819 key "latexcompanion"
16824 \begin_inset space ~
16828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16834 ) may have more information.
16835 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16838 \begin_layout Chapter
16839 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16842 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16850 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16853 \begin_inset space ~
16859 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16862 \begin_layout Section
16864 \begin_inset Index idx
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16883 \begin_layout Standard
16884 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16887 \begin_layout Description
16889 \begin_inset space ~
16892 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16893 \begin_inset Newline newline
16897 \begin_inset Note Note
16900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16909 \begin_layout Description
16910 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16911 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16913 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16914 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16916 \begin_inset space ~
16922 \begin_inset Newline newline
16926 \begin_inset Note Comment
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16938 \begin_layout Description
16940 \begin_inset space ~
16943 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16944 set in the document settings under
16946 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16948 \begin_inset space ~
16954 \begin_inset Newline newline
16958 \begin_inset Newline newline
16962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16972 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16977 of a comment that appears in the output.
16983 \begin_inset Newline newline
16987 \begin_inset Newline newline
16990 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16991 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16994 \begin_layout Standard
16995 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17007 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17010 \begin_layout Section
17012 \begin_inset Index idx
17015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17024 name "sec:Footnotes"
17031 \begin_layout Standard
17032 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17038 or the toolbar button
17041 arg "footnote-insert"
17053 \begin_inset Graphics
17054 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17063 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17092 label, the box will
17096 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17097 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17110 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17111 and click on the footnote
17126 \begin_layout Standard
17127 Here is an example footnote:
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17136 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17144 \begin_layout Standard
17145 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17146 position where the footnote box is placed.
17147 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17148 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17149 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17151 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17152 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17157 ey are described in the
17160 \begin_inset space ~
17168 \begin_layout Section
17170 \begin_inset Index idx
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17182 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17189 \begin_layout Standard
17190 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17191 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17195 \begin_inset space ~
17200 or the toolbar button
17203 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17229 appearing within your text.
17230 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17239 \begin_layout Standard
17240 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17244 \begin_inset Marginal
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 This is a marginal note.
17256 \begin_layout Standard
17257 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17258 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17259 pages, right on odd pages.
17262 \begin_layout Standard
17263 For further information about marginal notes see section
17266 \begin_inset space ~
17274 \begin_inset space ~
17282 \begin_layout Section
17283 Graphics and Images
17284 \begin_inset Index idx
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 \begin_inset Index idx
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17306 name "sec:Graphics"
17313 \begin_layout Standard
17314 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17315 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17318 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17327 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17330 \begin_layout Standard
17331 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17336 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17337 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17339 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17340 \begin_inset space ~
17344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17346 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17353 \begin_layout Standard
17358 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17359 of the image in the output.
17360 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17364 \begin_inset space ~
17368 \begin_inset space ~
17377 \begin_inset space ~
17381 \begin_inset space ~
17385 \begin_inset space ~
17390 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17391 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17399 \begin_layout Standard
17402 LaTeX and LyX options
17404 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17405 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17409 \begin_inset space ~
17414 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17415 with the image size is printed.
17419 \begin_inset space ~
17423 \begin_inset space ~
17427 \begin_inset space ~
17432 is explained in the
17435 \begin_inset space ~
17447 \begin_layout Standard
17448 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17449 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17451 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17455 \begin_layout Standard
17457 \begin_inset Graphics
17458 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17466 \begin_layout Standard
17467 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17468 the image into a float, see section
17469 \begin_inset space ~
17473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17475 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17482 \begin_layout Subsection
17484 \begin_inset Index idx
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17496 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17503 \begin_layout Standard
17504 You can insert images in any known file format.
17505 But as we explained in section
17506 \begin_inset space ~
17510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17512 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17516 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17517 LyX therefore uses the program
17521 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17522 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17523 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17524 \begin_inset space ~
17528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17530 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17537 \begin_layout Standard
17538 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17541 \begin_layout Description
17543 \begin_inset space ~
17546 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17547 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17548 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17552 Graphics Interchange Format
17553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17556 (GIF, file extension
17557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17569 \begin_inset Index idx
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17604 Portable Network Graphics
17605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17608 (PNG, file extension
17609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17621 \begin_inset Index idx
17624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17656 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17660 (JPG, file extension
17661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17685 \begin_inset Index idx
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 \begin_layout Description
17721 \begin_inset space ~
17724 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17726 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17727 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17728 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17729 \begin_inset Newline newline
17732 Scalable image formats can be
17733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17736 Scalable Vector Graphics
17737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17740 (SVG, file extension
17741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17753 \begin_inset Index idx
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17788 Encapsulated PostScript
17789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17792 (EPS, file extension
17793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17805 \begin_inset Index idx
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17840 Portable Document Format
17841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17844 (PDF, file extension
17845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17857 \begin_inset Index idx
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17875 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17876 result will not be scalable.
17877 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17891 \begin_layout Standard
17892 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17896 \begin_layout Subsection
17897 Grouping of Image Settings
17898 \begin_inset Index idx
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 Images ! Settings grouping
17910 \begin_layout Standard
17911 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17913 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17914 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17916 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17917 need to manually change each of them.
17921 \begin_layout Standard
17922 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17925 \begin_inset space ~
17930 field in the Graphics dialog.
17931 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17932 by checking the name of the desired group.
17935 \begin_layout Section
17937 \begin_inset Index idx
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17956 \begin_layout Standard
17957 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17960 arg "tabular-insert"
17965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17969 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17970 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17971 from the rest of the table.
17972 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17973 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17975 Here is an example table:
17978 \begin_layout Standard
17980 \begin_inset Tabular
17981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17982 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 \begin_layout Subsection
18190 \begin_layout Standard
18191 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
18194 More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18198 This brings up the table dialog.
18199 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
18200 cursor is placed currently.
18201 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18202 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18203 done on all of your selection.
18206 \begin_layout Standard
18207 In addition to the table dialog, the
18210 \begin_inset space ~
18215 helps you in setting table properties.
18216 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
18219 \begin_layout Standard
18223 \begin_inset space ~
18228 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18229 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18230 current cell respectively.
18231 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18233 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18234 of text, see section
18235 \begin_inset space ~
18239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18241 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18248 \begin_layout Standard
18249 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18250 using the check box
18259 This will merge the cells to
18263 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18264 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18265 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18266 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18267 in the last row without the upper border:
18270 \begin_layout Standard
18272 \begin_inset Tabular
18273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18274 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18276 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 \begin_layout Standard
18410 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18411 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18412 explained in the chapter
18419 \begin_inset space ~
18425 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18429 degrees counterclockwise.
18430 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18433 \begin_layout Standard
18434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 Most DVI-viewers are
18446 able to display rotations.
18454 \begin_layout Standard
18459 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18464 adds lines for all cell borders.
18467 \begin_layout Subsection
18469 \begin_inset Index idx
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 Tables ! Longtables
18479 \begin_inset Index idx
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18495 \begin_inset space ~
18499 \begin_inset space ~
18508 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18509 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18512 \begin_layout Description
18517 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18518 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18519 except for the first page, if
18522 \begin_inset space ~
18530 \begin_layout Description
18534 \begin_inset space ~
18539 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18540 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18543 \begin_layout Description
18548 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18549 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18550 except for the last page, if
18553 \begin_inset space ~
18561 \begin_layout Description
18565 \begin_inset space ~
18570 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18571 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18574 \begin_layout Description
18575 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18576 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18582 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18585 \begin_inset space ~
18593 \begin_layout Standard
18594 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18595 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18596 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18602 In this context, first means first in this order:
18605 \begin_inset space ~
18617 \begin_inset space ~
18622 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18625 \begin_layout Standard
18627 \begin_inset Tabular
18628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18629 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18630 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18631 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18632 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18633 <row endfirsthead="true">
18634 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18645 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <row endfirsthead="true">
18665 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <row endhead="true">
18698 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <row endhead="true">
18729 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <row endfoot="true">
18762 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19814 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20155 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20279 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20310 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20403 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20434 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20465 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20496 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20527 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20558 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20589 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20620 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20651 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20682 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20713 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20743 <row endlastfoot="true">
20744 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20781 \begin_layout Subsection
20783 \begin_inset Index idx
20786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20795 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20802 \begin_layout Standard
20803 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20804 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20805 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20806 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20810 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20814 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20815 for the column in the table dialog.
20816 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20817 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20821 \begin_layout Standard
20823 \begin_inset Tabular
20824 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20825 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20827 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20848 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20973 This is longer now.
20978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21030 This is longer now.
21035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21062 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21063 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21068 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21069 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21075 Selection with the mouse or with
21079 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21080 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21081 the selection from outside the table.
21084 \begin_layout Section
21086 \begin_inset Index idx
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21105 \begin_layout Subsection
21109 \begin_layout Standard
21110 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21111 have a fixed location.
21113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21120 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21128 \begin_inset space ~
21133 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21134 too many notes on the current page.
21137 \begin_layout Standard
21138 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21139 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21140 and pages without text.
21141 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21142 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21143 Floats are therefore numbered.
21144 Referencing is described in section
21145 \begin_inset space ~
21149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21151 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21159 To insert a float, use the menu
21161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21165 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21166 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21168 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21169 \begin_inset Index idx
21172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21179 paragraph within the float.
21180 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21181 by left-clicking on the box label.
21182 A closed float box looks like this:
21183 \begin_inset Graphics
21184 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21189 – a gray button with a red label.
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21193 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21194 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21197 \begin_layout Subsection
21201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21205 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21210 \begin_inset Index idx
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21214 Floats ! Figure floats
21222 \begin_layout Standard
21224 \begin_inset space ~
21228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21230 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21234 was created using the menu
21236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21237 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21240 or the toolbar button
21243 arg "float-insert figure"
21247 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21253 or the toolbar button
21256 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21260 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21261 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21263 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21265 \begin_inset space ~
21270 or the toolbar button
21273 arg "layout-paragraph"
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21280 \begin_inset Float figure
21285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21287 \begin_inset Graphics
21288 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21298 \begin_inset Caption
21300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21303 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21307 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21320 \begin_layout Standard
21321 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21322 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21327 or the toolbar button
21333 and refer to it using the menu
21335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21338 or the toolbar button
21341 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21345 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21354 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21364 For more about cross-references, see section
21365 \begin_inset space ~
21369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21371 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21380 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21381 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21382 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21383 as described in section
21384 \begin_inset space ~
21388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21390 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21396 \begin_inset space ~
21400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21402 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21406 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21407 You can also set the images one below the other.
21409 \begin_inset space ~
21413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21415 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21422 reference "fig:Platypus"
21426 are the subfigures.
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21430 \begin_inset Float figure
21435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21436 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21440 \begin_inset Float figure
21445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21446 \begin_inset Caption
21448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21451 name "fig:Undefinable"
21463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21464 \begin_inset Graphics
21465 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21480 \begin_inset Float figure
21485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21486 \begin_inset Caption
21488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21491 name "fig:Platypus"
21503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21504 \begin_inset Graphics
21505 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21524 \begin_inset Caption
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21529 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21533 Two distorted images.
21546 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21548 \begin_inset Index idx
21551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21552 Floats ! Table floats
21560 \begin_layout Standard
21561 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21564 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21567 or the toolbar button
21570 arg "float-insert table"
21574 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21577 \begin_inset space ~
21581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21583 reference "tab:Table-float"
21590 \begin_layout Standard
21591 \begin_inset Float table
21596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21597 \begin_inset Caption
21599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21602 name "tab:Table-float"
21614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21616 \begin_inset Tabular
21617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21618 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21748 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21769 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21772 \end{array}\right]$
21780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21793 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21814 \begin_layout Subsection
21816 \begin_inset Index idx
21819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21830 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21831 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21833 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21841 \begin_inset space ~
21849 \begin_layout Section
21851 \begin_inset Index idx
21854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21863 name "sec:Minipages"
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21873 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21874 \begin_inset space \space{}
21881 \begin_layout Standard
21882 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21888 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21889 and its alignment within the page.
21892 \begin_layout Standard
21894 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21904 height_special "totalheight"
21907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21910 This is a minipage.
21911 The text is set in an italic style.
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21918 another formatting.
21926 \begin_layout Standard
21927 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21930 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21934 as described in section
21935 \begin_inset space ~
21939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21941 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21946 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21952 \begin_layout Standard
21953 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21963 height_special "totalheight"
21966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21968 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21978 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21988 height_special "totalheight"
21991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21992 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21993 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
22011 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22018 \begin_inset space ~
22026 \begin_layout Chapter
22027 Mathematical Formulas
22028 \begin_inset Index idx
22031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22038 \begin_inset Index idx
22041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22072 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22079 \begin_layout Standard
22080 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22085 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22088 \begin_layout Section
22090 \begin_inset Index idx
22093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22110 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22112 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22113 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22114 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22122 \begin_layout Standard
22123 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22127 \begin_inset space ~
22132 , that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
22135 \begin_layout Standard
22136 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22137 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22141 This is a line with an inline formula
22142 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22148 \begin_layout Standard
22149 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22150 paragraph, like this one:
22151 \begin_inset Formula
22158 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22161 \begin_layout Standard
22162 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22168 \begin_inset space \space{}
22172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22185 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22186 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22190 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22193 \begin_inset space ~
22201 \begin_layout Subsection
22202 Navigating in Formulas
22203 \begin_inset Index idx
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22215 \begin_layout Standard
22216 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22217 achieved with the arrow keys.
22218 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22219 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22224 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22225 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22229 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22233 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22236 \end{array}\right]$
22244 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22249 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22250 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22258 , printed in this document as
22259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22280 \begin_inset Note Note
22283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22284 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22285 the space character (visible space).
22290 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22291 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22292 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22297 For example, if you want
22298 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22352 , since in the latter case only the
22355 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22360 will be under the square root sign:
22361 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22368 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22370 \begin_inset Formula
22372 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22381 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22382 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22385 \begin_layout Subsection
22389 \begin_layout Standard
22390 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22391 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22395 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22396 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22397 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22398 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22399 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22402 \begin_layout Subsection
22403 Exponents and Subscripts
22404 \begin_inset Index idx
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22414 \begin_inset Index idx
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22426 \begin_layout Standard
22427 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22430 arg "math-superscript"
22436 arg "math-subscript"
22439 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22441 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22444 , type in a formula
22450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22466 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22472 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22476 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22497 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22506 , you have to use an extra
22510 to separate the hat and the character.
22512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22516 \begin_inset space \space{}
22520 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22541 Subscripts are similar: To get
22542 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22565 \begin_layout Subsection
22567 \begin_inset Index idx
22570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22579 \begin_layout Standard
22580 Create a fraction with either the command
22589 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22595 \begin_inset space ~
22601 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22602 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22603 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22608 To move back up, press
22613 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22614 \begin_inset Formula
22616 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22619 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22627 \begin_layout Subsection
22629 \begin_inset Index idx
22632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22641 \begin_layout Standard
22642 Roots can be created using the
22645 \begin_inset space ~
22653 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22659 arg "math-insert \\root"
22681 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22687 produces always a square root.
22690 \begin_layout Subsection
22691 Operators with Limits
22692 \begin_inset Index idx
22695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22702 \begin_inset Index idx
22705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22714 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22721 \begin_layout Standard
22723 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22727 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22730 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22731 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22732 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22733 The sum operator will automatically place its
22734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22741 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22744 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22748 \begin_inset Formula
22750 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22755 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22759 \begin_layout Standard
22760 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22762 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22763 behind the operator and hitting
22771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22772 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22774 \begin_inset space ~
22778 \begin_inset space ~
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22795 feature as addition, such as
22796 \begin_inset Index idx
22799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22806 \begin_inset Formula
22808 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22813 which will place the
22814 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22826 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22827 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22834 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22841 Have a look at section
22842 \begin_inset space ~
22846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22848 reference "sub:Functions"
22852 for an explanation of function macros.
22855 \begin_layout Subsection
22857 \begin_inset Index idx
22860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22869 \begin_layout Standard
22870 Most math symbols can be found in the
22873 \begin_inset space ~
22878 under one of several categories; including
22895 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22899 \begin_layout Standard
22900 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22901 you don't have to use the
22904 \begin_inset space ~
22909 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22910 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22913 \begin_layout Subsection
22915 \begin_inset Index idx
22918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22927 \begin_layout Standard
22928 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22933 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22939 \begin_inset space ~
22949 arg "math-insert \\space"
22955 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22956 For example, the sequence
22961 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22965 \begin_inset Graphics
22966 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22971 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22972 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22973 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22974 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22976 Here are two examples:
22979 \begin_layout Standard
22989 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22995 \begin_layout Standard
23005 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23011 \begin_layout Subsection
23013 \begin_inset Index idx
23016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23025 name "sub:Functions"
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23036 \begin_inset space ~
23041 contains under the button
23046 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23051 a number of function macros, such as
23052 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23056 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23064 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23071 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23072 avoid confusions, because
23073 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23077 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23083 \begin_layout Standard
23084 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23086 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23090 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23098 s are placed, as described in section
23099 \begin_inset space ~
23103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23105 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23112 \begin_layout Subsection
23114 \begin_inset Index idx
23117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23127 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23129 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23130 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23135 \begin_inset space \space{}
23139 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23142 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23143 Our example is entered by typing
23151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23164 \begin_inset space ~
23168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23170 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23174 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23177 \begin_layout Standard
23178 \begin_inset Float table
23183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23184 \begin_inset Caption
23186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23189 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23193 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23203 \begin_inset Tabular
23204 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23205 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23292 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23346 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23400 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23454 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23508 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23562 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23616 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23670 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23724 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23769 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23790 \begin_layout Standard
23791 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23794 \begin_inset space ~
23802 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23805 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23809 \begin_layout Section
23810 Brackets and Delimiters
23811 \begin_inset Index idx
23814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23821 \begin_inset Index idx
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23833 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23840 \begin_layout Standard
23841 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23842 For some purposes, using just the keys
23847 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23848 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23849 toolbar delimiter icon
23852 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23856 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23857 \begin_inset Formula
23859 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23867 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23868 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23872 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23875 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23881 \begin_inset Formula
23883 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23891 \begin_layout Standard
23892 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23893 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23897 \begin_layout Standard
23898 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23899 left side and right side.
23900 If you use the option
23903 \begin_inset space ~
23908 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23909 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23910 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23911 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23914 \begin_layout Standard
23915 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23916 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23917 go inside the brackets.
23918 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23923 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23924 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23925 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23926 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23927 the structure and enter
23930 arg "math-delim ( )"
23936 \begin_layout Section
23937 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23938 \begin_inset Index idx
23941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 \begin_inset Index idx
23951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23958 \begin_inset Index idx
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23962 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23970 \begin_layout Standard
23971 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23974 \begin_inset space ~
23984 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23990 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23991 Here is an example:
23992 \begin_inset Formula
23994 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24003 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24004 \begin_inset space ~
24008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24010 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24015 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24016 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24017 This alignment is set in the box
24022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24070 for every column as default.
24071 For example, the sequence
24072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24083 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24084 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24085 corresponds to the relevant column.
24086 The result will look like this:
24087 \begin_inset Formula
24090 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24091 column & has & has\, right\\
24092 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24101 \begin_layout Standard
24102 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24105 arg "newline-insert newline"
24108 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24109 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24114 or the math toolbar.
24117 \begin_layout Standard
24118 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24119 It can be created with the menu
24121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24122 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24124 \begin_inset space ~
24136 Here is an example:
24137 \begin_inset Formula
24151 \begin_layout Standard
24152 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24155 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24158 arg "newline-insert newline"
24162 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24167 arg "newline-insert newline"
24170 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24178 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24179 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24180 A new row is created by every further hit of
24183 arg "newline-insert newline"
24187 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24188 Here is an example:
24189 \begin_inset Formula
24191 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24192 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24197 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24198 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24199 \begin_inset Formula
24201 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24209 \begin_layout Standard
24210 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24217 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24218 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24221 reference "eq:asquared"
24226 The other types are described in section
24227 \begin_inset space ~
24231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24233 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24240 \begin_layout Section
24241 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24242 \begin_inset Index idx
24245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24246 Math ! Formula numbering
24252 \begin_inset Index idx
24255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24256 Math ! Referencing formulas
24262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24264 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24274 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24275 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24277 \begin_inset space ~
24285 arg "math-number-toggle"
24289 The formula number appears in LyX as
24290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24297 within parentheses.
24299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24306 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24308 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24309 the document class.
24310 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24311 separated by a dot:
24312 \begin_inset Formula
24322 arg "math-number-toggle"
24325 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24326 You can only number displayed formulas.
24329 \begin_layout Standard
24330 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24332 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24333 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24335 \begin_inset space ~
24339 \begin_inset space ~
24343 \begin_inset space ~
24351 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24354 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24355 \begin_inset Formula
24358 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24364 To number all lines use the shortcut
24367 arg "math-number-toggle"
24373 \begin_layout Standard
24374 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24377 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24378 A label is inserted with the menu
24380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24383 when the cursor is in the formula.
24384 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24385 It is recommended to use the proposed
24386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24397 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24398 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24399 We inserted in the following example the label
24400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24407 in the second line:
24408 \begin_inset Formula
24410 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24411 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24416 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24417 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24427 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24431 \begin_inset space ~
24437 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24438 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24439 as the formula number:
24442 \begin_layout Standard
24443 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24446 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24454 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24455 \begin_inset space ~
24459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24461 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24466 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24474 \begin_layout Section
24475 User defined math macros
24476 \begin_inset Index idx
24479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24488 \begin_layout Standard
24489 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24490 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24491 Math macros are explained in section
24494 \begin_inset space ~
24506 \begin_layout Section
24510 \begin_layout Subsection
24512 \begin_inset Index idx
24515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24524 \begin_layout Standard
24525 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24526 To set a font in a formula, use the
24529 \begin_inset space ~
24539 arg "math-insert \\font"
24544 , or enter its command, listed in table
24545 \begin_inset space ~
24549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24551 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 \begin_inset Float table
24564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24565 \begin_inset Caption
24567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24570 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24574 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24584 \begin_inset Tabular
24585 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24586 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24620 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24647 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24674 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24707 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24734 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24761 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24795 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24822 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24856 \begin_layout Standard
24857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24865 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24883 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24888 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24889 space when you need a space in the box.
24890 Here is an example where
24891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24902 denotes the set of numbers:
24903 \begin_inset Formula
24905 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24913 \begin_layout Standard
24914 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24920 \begin_inset space \space{}
24932 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24936 \begin_inset Newline newline
24939 So it is better not to use this feature.
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24943 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24944 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24948 \begin_inset Newline newline
24951 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24957 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24958 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24971 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24977 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24978 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24980 \begin_inset space ~
24988 \begin_layout Subsection
24990 \begin_inset Index idx
24993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25003 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25005 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25009 \begin_inset space ~
25013 \begin_inset space ~
25021 \begin_inset space ~
25031 arg "math-insert \\font"
25043 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25044 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25045 Here is an example:
25046 \begin_inset Formula
25049 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25050 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25059 \begin_layout Subsection
25061 \begin_inset Index idx
25064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25073 \begin_layout Standard
25074 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25075 automatically chosen in most situations.
25093 For most characters,
25101 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25102 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25107 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25108 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25110 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25115 arg "math-insert \\style"
25121 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25122 For example, you can set
25123 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25126 , which is normally in
25135 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25139 The four styles are used in the following example:
25142 \begin_layout Standard
25143 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25147 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25151 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25155 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25162 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25163 is set in a particular size with the menu
25165 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25167 \begin_inset space ~
25172 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25173 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25174 will be adjusted to correspond.
25175 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25186 \begin_layout Standard
25190 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25196 \begin_layout Section
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25202 the document classes and into layout modules.
25203 \begin_inset Index idx
25206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25212 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25213 other than the AMS classes.
25215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25217 reference "sub:Modules"
25221 for more on layout modules.
25224 \begin_layout Section
25226 \begin_inset Index idx
25229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25236 \begin_inset Index idx
25239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25249 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25250 (AMS) that are in common use.
25253 \begin_layout Subsection
25254 Enabling AMS-Support
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25258 Selecting the checkbox
25261 \begin_inset space ~
25265 \begin_inset space ~
25269 \begin_inset space ~
25276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25280 \begin_inset Index idx
25283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 Document ! Settings
25292 \begin_inset space ~
25297 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25298 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25299 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25302 \begin_layout Subsection
25304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25306 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25311 \begin_inset Index idx
25314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25315 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25323 \begin_layout Standard
25324 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25325 LyX allows you to choose between
25346 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25349 \begin_layout Chapter
25353 \begin_layout Section
25355 \begin_inset Index idx
25358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25367 name "sec:Cross-References"
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25375 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25376 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25378 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25379 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25380 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25383 \begin_layout Enumerate
25387 \begin_layout Enumerate
25388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25390 name "enu:Second-item"
25397 \begin_layout Enumerate
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25402 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25407 or by pressing the toolbar button
25414 A gray label box like this:
25415 \begin_inset Graphics
25416 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25421 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25422 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25457 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25462 \begin_inset space \space{}
25465 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25487 or the toolbar button
25490 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25494 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25495 \begin_inset Graphics
25496 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25501 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25503 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25516 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25520 \begin_layout Standard
25523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25526 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25531 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25532 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25534 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25546 \begin_layout Standard
25547 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25554 reference "enu:Second-item"
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25562 It is recommended to use a protected space
25566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25567 described in section
25568 \begin_inset space ~
25572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25574 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25583 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25584 line breaks between them.
25587 \begin_layout Standard
25588 There are six formats of cross-references:
25591 \begin_layout Description
25592 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25595 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25602 \begin_layout Description
25603 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25604 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25616 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25623 \begin_layout Description
25624 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25625 \begin_inset space ~
25629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25630 LatexCommand pageref
25631 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25638 \begin_layout Description
25640 \begin_inset space ~
25644 \begin_inset space ~
25647 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25649 LatexCommand vpageref
25650 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25657 \begin_layout Description
25659 \begin_inset space ~
25663 \begin_inset space ~
25667 \begin_inset space ~
25670 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25673 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25680 \begin_layout Description
25682 \begin_inset space ~
25685 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25686 \begin_inset Newline newline
25690 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25698 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25707 \begin_inset Index idx
25710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25711 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25717 \begin_inset Index idx
25720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25721 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25732 \begin_inset Newline newline
25735 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25738 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25743 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25751 is the default and preferred because
25755 supports only English documents.
25756 The format is specified by using the command
25768 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25769 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25782 ) can be done with this command
25783 \begin_inset Newline newline
25790 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25795 \begin_inset Newline newline
25798 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25800 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25802 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25809 \begin_layout Description
25811 \begin_inset space ~
25814 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25816 LatexCommand nameref
25817 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25829 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25836 \begin_inset space \space{}
25840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25854 <reference> on page <page>
25856 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25859 \begin_layout Standard
25860 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25861 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25862 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25866 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25871 You can only use the style
25875 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25879 is always possible.
25882 \begin_layout Standard
25883 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25884 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25886 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25887 \begin_inset space ~
25891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25893 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25905 \begin_inset space ~
25909 \begin_inset space ~
25914 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25915 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25918 \begin_inset space ~
25923 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25924 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25927 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25933 \begin_layout Standard
25934 You can change labels at any time.
25935 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25936 do not need to think about this.
25939 \begin_layout Standard
25940 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25941 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 References are described in detail in sec.
25946 \begin_inset space ~
25950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25960 \begin_inset space ~
25968 \begin_layout Section
25969 Table of Contents and other Listings
25970 \begin_inset Index idx
25973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25980 \begin_inset Index idx
25983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25999 \begin_layout Subsection
26001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26003 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26011 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26014 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26016 \begin_inset space ~
26020 \begin_inset space ~
26026 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26027 If you click on it, the
26031 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26032 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26033 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26035 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26038 that is described in sec.
26039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26045 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
26052 \begin_layout Standard
26053 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26054 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26056 \begin_inset space ~
26060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26062 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26066 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26068 \begin_inset space ~
26072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26074 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26078 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26080 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26083 \begin_layout Subsection
26084 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26087 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26096 You can insert them via the
26098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26100 \begin_inset space ~
26104 \begin_inset space ~
26110 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26113 \begin_layout Section
26114 URLs and Hyperlinks
26115 \begin_inset Index idx
26118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26125 \begin_inset Index idx
26128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26137 \begin_layout Subsection
26139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26149 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26158 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26159 \begin_inset Flex URL
26162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26172 \begin_layout Standard
26173 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26179 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26184 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26192 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26200 \begin_layout Subsection
26202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26204 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26217 or with the toolbar button
26224 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26233 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26234 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26235 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26237 name "LyX's homepage"
26238 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26242 , an Email address like this:
26243 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26245 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26246 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26251 , or a link to a file.
26254 \begin_layout Standard
26255 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26268 to the link target.
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26272 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26273 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26274 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26275 the text style dialog.
26276 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26280 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26282 name "LyX's homepage"
26283 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26291 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26295 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26297 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26298 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26302 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26304 \begin_inset Newline newline
26312 \begin_inset Newline newline
26319 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26322 \begin_layout Section
26324 \begin_inset Index idx
26327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26336 name "sec:Appendices"
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26344 Appendices are created with the menu
26346 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26348 \begin_inset space ~
26352 \begin_inset space ~
26358 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26359 as the appendix region.
26360 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26363 \begin_layout Standard
26364 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26365 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26366 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26367 and the subsection number.
26368 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26372 \begin_layout Standard
26374 \begin_inset space ~
26378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26380 reference "chap:Credits"
26385 \begin_inset space ~
26389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26391 reference "sub:Export"
26398 \begin_layout Section
26400 \begin_inset Index idx
26403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26412 name "sec:Bibliography"
26419 \begin_layout Standard
26420 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26421 You can include a bibliography database,
26425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26426 Known under the name
26427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26439 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26440 manually, using the paragraph environment
26444 , which was described in section
26445 \begin_inset space ~
26449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26451 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26456 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26457 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26461 use a bibliography database.
26464 \begin_layout Subsection
26465 The Bibliography Environment
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26473 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26475 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26484 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26486 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26495 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26499 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26504 or the toolbar button
26507 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26511 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26512 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26513 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26514 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26520 entry with surrounding brackets.
26525 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26526 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26541 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26544 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26546 key "latexcompanion"
26553 \begin_layout Standard
26554 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26555 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26564 \begin_layout Subsection
26565 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26566 \begin_inset Index idx
26569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26570 Bibliography ! Databases
26576 \begin_inset Index idx
26579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26580 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26588 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26595 \begin_layout Standard
26596 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26604 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26605 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26610 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26612 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26613 your working field in a database.
26614 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26615 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26616 list for that document.
26617 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26621 \begin_layout Standard
26622 The database is a text file with the file extension
26623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26634 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26635 The format is explained in
26636 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26642 and in LaTeX books (
26643 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26645 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26650 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26651 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26652 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26653 \begin_inset Flex URL
26656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26658 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26667 To use a database, use the menu
26669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26674 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26687 \begin_inset space ~
26693 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26694 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26697 Add bibliography to TOC
26699 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26704 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26705 in the document or just the cited references.
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26709 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26721 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26722 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26723 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26725 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26731 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26732 \begin_inset Newline newline
26736 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26738 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26751 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26755 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26756 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26757 either in the document settings under
26761 or in LyX's preferences under
26763 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26778 The following variants are possible:
26781 \begin_layout Description
26782 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26783 other bibliography packages (like e.
26784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26788 \begin_inset space ~
26795 ), only with the package
26799 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26803 \begin_layout Description
26804 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26805 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26806 with all bibliography packages, except of
26811 \begin_layout Description
26812 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26817 , works with all bibliography packages
26820 \begin_layout Standard
26821 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26823 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26829 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26839 When you select the option
26841 Sectioned bibliography
26845 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26848 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26849 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26851 Customizing Bibliographies
26859 Additional Features
26864 \begin_layout Standard
26865 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26866 the two methods of creating them.
26867 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26868 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26869 We used the style file
26873 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26876 \begin_layout Subsection
26877 Bibliography layout
26878 \begin_inset Index idx
26881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26882 Bibliography ! Layout
26890 \begin_layout Standard
26891 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26892 For this feature you need to enable the option
26898 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26902 \begin_inset Index idx
26905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26906 Document ! Settings
26916 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26917 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26918 in the previous section.
26921 \begin_layout Standard
26922 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26923 the citation reference window.
26924 Here is an example where the text
26925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26929 \begin_inset space ~
26933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26936 appears after the reference:
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26941 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26944 key "latexcompanion"
26951 \begin_layout Section
26953 \begin_inset Index idx
26956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26973 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26977 \begin_inset space ~
26982 or the toolbar button
26989 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26990 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26991 by LyX as the index entry.
26994 \begin_layout Standard
26995 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26999 \begin_inset space ~
27003 \begin_inset space ~
27006 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27008 \begin_inset space ~
27014 A light blue box labeled
27015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27026 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27027 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27031 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27032 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27034 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27036 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27043 \begin_layout Subsection
27044 Grouping Index Entries
27045 \begin_inset Index idx
27048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27058 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27060 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27061 lists under the entry
27062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27070 First we create the entry
27071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27079 \begin_inset space ~
27083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27085 reference "sub:Lists"
27090 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27091 \begin_inset space ~
27095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27097 reference "sec:Itemize"
27101 , we insert the command
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27120 \begin_layout Standard
27121 for the enumerated list in section
27122 \begin_inset space ~
27126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27128 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27136 The exclamation mark
27137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27144 marks the grouping levels.
27145 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27146 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27147 If we don't have an index entry for
27148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27155 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27158 \begin_layout Subsection
27160 \begin_inset Index idx
27163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27164 Index ! Page ranges
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27173 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27175 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27181 \begin_inset space \space{}
27184 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27186 \begin_inset space ~
27190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27192 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27202 Paragraph environments|(
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27206 and another entry at the end of section
27207 \begin_inset space ~
27211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27213 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27223 Paragraph environments|)
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27251 respectively start and end the index range.
27252 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27253 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27254 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27255 An example is the index entry
27256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27259 Document ! Settings
27260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27266 \begin_layout Subsection
27268 \begin_inset Index idx
27271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27272 Index ! Cross referencing
27280 \begin_layout Standard
27281 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27282 We referred for example in the index entry
27283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27291 \begin_inset space ~
27295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27297 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27301 ) to the index entry
27302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27309 in the same section using the entry
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27315 GIF|see{Image formats}
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27319 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27320 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27321 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27324 \begin_layout Subsection
27326 \begin_inset Index idx
27329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27330 Index ! Entry order
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27339 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27340 follow the rules for the index order.
27341 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27346 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27348 \begin_inset space ~
27352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27354 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27363 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27364 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27389 \begin_inset Index idx
27392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27393 Dummy entries ! maïs
27399 \begin_inset Index idx
27402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27403 Dummy entries ! maître
27409 \begin_inset Index idx
27412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27413 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27418 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27419 maïs, maison, maître.
27420 To achieve this, we use the command
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27426 previous entry@current entry
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27430 In our case we want to have
27431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27446 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27455 \begin_layout Standard
27456 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27457 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27458 See the next subsection for an example.
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27469 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27474 to generate the index (see sec.
27475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27481 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27490 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27498 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27502 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27503 index commands start with
27504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27516 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27521 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27548 \begin_layout Subsection
27550 \begin_inset Index idx
27553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27554 Index ! Entry layout
27562 \begin_layout Standard
27563 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27564 \begin_inset Index idx
27567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27570 This is an italic dummy entry
27575 You can also format the page number using the character
27576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27583 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27584 We can write for example
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27590 italic page number:|textit
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 to get the page number in italic.
27595 \begin_inset Index idx
27598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27599 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27604 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27622 \begin_inset space ~
27628 Have a look at section
27629 \begin_inset space ~
27633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27635 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27639 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27643 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27651 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27655 to generate the index, see sec.
27656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27662 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27671 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27676 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27677 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27680 key "latexcompanion"
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27693 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27695 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27696 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27697 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27698 If so, put the following in the preamble
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 in the index entry.
27725 \begin_inset Index idx
27728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27729 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27734 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27735 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27736 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27739 \begin_layout Standard
27740 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27746 \begin_inset space \space{}
27749 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27750 for all index entries.
27751 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27763 documentation for details,
27764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27766 key "makeindex,xindy"
27773 \begin_layout Subsection
27775 \begin_inset Index idx
27778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27787 name "sub:Index-Program"
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27795 If the index entry program
27799 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27803 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27812 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27813 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27814 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27815 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27816 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27826 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27827 dialog, see section
27828 \begin_inset space ~
27832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27834 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27839 The available options are listed and explained in
27840 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27842 key "makeindex,xindy"
27847 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27852 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27853 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27857 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27861 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27862 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27865 \begin_layout Subsection
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27870 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27871 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27879 next to the standard index.
27880 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27881 that add this feature.
27887 \begin_inset Index idx
27890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27891 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27896 package to generate multiple indexes.
27897 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27902 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27903 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27910 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27911 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27912 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27921 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27924 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27927 and select the option
27929 Use multiple Indexes
27936 already contains the standard index
27937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27945 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27946 also appear as a heading) to the
27950 input field and press the
27955 The new index now also appears in the list.
27956 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27961 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27966 \begin_inset space ~
27970 \begin_inset space ~
27979 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
27980 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27981 are additional features:
27984 \begin_layout Itemize
27985 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27986 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
27989 \begin_layout Itemize
27990 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27991 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
27992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28000 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28005 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28006 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28007 to the non-subindexes.
28010 \begin_layout Section
28011 Nomenclature / Glossary
28012 \begin_inset Index idx
28015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28022 \begin_inset Index idx
28025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28056 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28063 \begin_layout Standard
28064 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28065 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28070 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28075 \begin_inset Index idx
28078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28079 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28085 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28086 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28092 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28095 \begin_layout Standard
28096 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28097 and then use the menu
28099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28105 \begin_inset space ~
28110 or the toolbar button
28113 arg "nomencl-insert"
28118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28129 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28133 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28134 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28135 The second is the description of the symbol.
28138 \begin_layout Standard
28139 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28147 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28155 \begin_layout Subsection
28156 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28157 \begin_inset Index idx
28160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28161 Nomenclature ! Layout
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28170 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28174 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28180 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28188 \begin_inset Newline newline
28196 \begin_inset Newline newline
28202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28209 character starts/ends the formula.
28210 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28222 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28233 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28234 \begin_inset space ~
28238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28240 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28251 \begin_inset space ~
28256 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28257 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28262 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28269 in this document is:
28270 \begin_inset Newline newline
28275 dummy entry for the character
28280 \begin_inset Newline newline
28292 \begin_inset space ~
28302 font use the command
28331 \begin_layout Subsection
28332 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28333 \begin_inset Index idx
28336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28337 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28346 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28347 the symbol definition.
28348 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28349 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28352 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28353 LatexCommand nomenclature
28355 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28362 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28366 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28367 LatexCommand nomenclature
28370 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28375 They will be sorted by
28376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28402 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28405 will be sorted before the
28409 since the character
28410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28417 is considered in sorting.
28420 \begin_layout Standard
28421 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28424 \begin_inset space ~
28429 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28430 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28432 For the example given, you can insert
28436 in this field for the
28437 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28444 will be located before
28445 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28452 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28457 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28466 \begin_layout Subsection
28467 Nomenclature Options
28468 \begin_inset Index idx
28471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 Nomenclature ! Options
28480 \begin_layout Standard
28485 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28486 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28489 \begin_layout Description
28490 refeq Appends the phrase
28491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28506 to every nomenclature entry, where
28512 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28515 \begin_layout Description
28516 refpage Appends the phrase
28517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28532 to every nomenclature entry, where
28538 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28541 \begin_layout Description
28542 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28545 \begin_layout Standard
28546 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28547 class options list in the
28549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28553 In this document the options
28560 \begin_layout Standard
28561 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28567 \begin_layout Standard
28568 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28569 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28574 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28577 \begin_layout Description
28587 \begin_layout Description
28590 nomrefpage Like the
28597 \begin_layout Description
28600 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28609 \begin_layout Description
28613 \begin_inset space ~
28619 \begin_inset space ~
28624 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28636 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28637 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28648 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28651 \begin_inset Newline newline
28658 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28663 \begin_inset Newline newline
28667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28682 by their translation.
28685 \begin_layout Subsection
28686 Printing the Nomenclature
28687 \begin_inset Index idx
28690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28691 Nomenclature ! Printing
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28704 \begin_inset space ~
28708 \begin_inset space ~
28711 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28727 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28728 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28729 You can choose between these settings:
28732 \begin_layout Description
28733 Default a space of 1
28734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28740 \begin_layout Description
28742 \begin_inset space ~
28746 \begin_inset space ~
28749 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28752 \begin_layout Description
28753 Custom custom space
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28757 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28766 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28774 For example, in order to change the name to
28778 , add the following line to the preamble:
28781 \begin_layout Standard
28789 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28792 \begin_layout Subsection
28793 Nomenclature Program
28794 \begin_inset Index idx
28797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28798 Nomenclature ! Program
28804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28806 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28813 \begin_layout Standard
28814 LyX uses the program
28818 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28819 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28824 by adding options, see section
28825 \begin_inset space ~
28829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28831 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28836 The available options are listed and explained in
28837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28839 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28846 \begin_layout Section
28848 \begin_inset Index idx
28851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28858 \begin_inset Index idx
28861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28862 Document ! Branches
28868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28870 name "sec:Branches"
28877 \begin_layout Standard
28878 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28879 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28880 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28881 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28884 \begin_layout Standard
28885 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28886 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28887 To create a branch, either select the menu
28889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28890 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28893 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28902 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28903 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28904 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28905 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28906 (see below for an example).
28907 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28908 to the name of the other) and to add
28909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28921 \begin_inset space ~
28924 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28925 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28928 \begin_layout Standard
28929 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28930 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28935 where you can choose a branch.
28936 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28941 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28942 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 \begin_inset Branch Question
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28963 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28979 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28982 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28983 Consider for example a file
28984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28991 which has the above branches.
28993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29000 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29024 branch were inactive,
29025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29040 branch was active, likewise
29041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29056 branch was active, and
29057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29060 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29064 if both branches were active.
29065 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29069 \begin_layout Standard
29070 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29076 \begin_layout Standard
29077 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29078 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29080 For example you can define for the question branch
29084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29085 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29086 \begin_inset space ~
29090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29092 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29114 \begin_layout Standard
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29125 and for the answer branch
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29138 \begin_layout Standard
29148 \begin_layout Standard
29149 \begin_inset Branch Question
29152 \begin_layout Standard
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 \begin_layout Standard
29185 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 \begin_layout Standard
29221 Now it is possible to use the commands
29225 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29232 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29235 to obtain conditional output.
29236 Here is an example formula where only the
29243 \begin_inset Formula
29245 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29260 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29264 \begin_layout Standard
29266 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29267 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29269 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29270 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29275 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29284 \begin_layout Section
29286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29288 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29293 \begin_inset Index idx
29296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29310 dialog allows you in the
29314 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29315 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29320 \begin_inset Index idx
29323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29324 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29337 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29338 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29339 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29341 You can specify in the dialog tab
29345 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29347 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29348 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29352 \begin_layout Standard
29357 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29358 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29359 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29361 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29362 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29364 \begin_inset space ~
29367 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29368 \begin_inset space ~
29371 1 will only display the sections.
29374 \begin_layout Standard
29375 The header information in the dialog tab
29379 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29380 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29385 \begin_inset space \space{}
29388 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29389 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29392 Automatic fill header
29394 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29395 title and author settings.
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29401 Load in fullscreen mode
29403 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29406 \begin_layout Standard
29407 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29408 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29414 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29415 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29424 \begin_layout Section
29425 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29428 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29435 \begin_layout Subsection
29437 \begin_inset Index idx
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29449 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29457 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29458 constructs, but not all.
29459 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29460 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29461 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29462 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29463 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29467 \begin_layout Standard
29468 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29470 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29474 \begin_inset space ~
29479 or by the toolbar button
29492 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29500 \begin_layout Standard
29501 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29502 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29503 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29504 using the LaTeX-command
29510 , you can write the command part
29516 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29520 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29521 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29522 the following example:
29525 \begin_layout Standard
29526 \begin_inset Graphics
29527 filename clipart/ERT.png
29535 \begin_layout Standard
29539 \begin_layout Standard
29540 This is a line with a
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29567 \begin_layout Standard
29568 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29576 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29577 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29585 \begin_layout Subsection
29586 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29587 \begin_inset Argument
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29597 \begin_inset Index idx
29600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29609 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29616 \begin_layout Standard
29617 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29618 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29619 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29628 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29629 any time if you know the right commands.
29631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29635 \begin_inset space \space{}
29638 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29640 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29641 all caption labels bold.
29642 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29644 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29648 \begin_layout Standard
29649 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29650 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29651 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29653 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29662 \begin_layout Standard
29663 As result you find that the package
29668 \begin_inset Index idx
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29678 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29686 \begin_layout Standard
29691 usepackage[options]{package name}
29694 \begin_layout Standard
29695 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29696 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29697 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29700 \begin_layout Standard
29701 In your case the package name is
29706 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29711 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29712 So you add the command
29715 \begin_layout Standard
29720 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29723 \begin_layout Standard
29724 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29729 For more commands provided by the
29733 package, have a look at its documentation,
29734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29748 \begin_layout Standard
29749 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29751 For example if you use a
29755 class, you don't need the package
29759 , you can instead write
29762 \begin_layout Standard
29767 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29772 \begin_layout Standard
29773 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29774 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29775 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29782 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29785 \begin_layout Standard
29786 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29787 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29789 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29790 the previous section.
29793 \begin_layout Standard
29794 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29796 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29798 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29805 \begin_layout Standard
29806 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29812 \begin_layout Standard
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 \begin_inset Note Note
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29830 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29838 \begin_layout Left Header
29839 \begin_inset Argument
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29862 \begin_inset Note Note
29865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 defines the header line as described below
29874 \begin_layout Center Header
29875 \begin_inset Argument
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29887 \begin_layout Right Header
29888 \begin_inset Argument
29891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 \begin_layout Left Footer
29913 \begin_inset Argument
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29937 \begin_layout Center Footer
29938 \begin_inset Argument
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29952 \begin_inset Newline newline
29956 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29962 \begin_layout Right Footer
29963 \begin_inset Argument
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 \begin_layout Section
29989 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29992 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29997 \begin_inset Index idx
30000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30001 Document ! Header/Footer line
30007 \begin_inset Index idx
30010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 \begin_layout Standard
30020 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30021 to set the headings style to
30027 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30033 \begin_inset space ~
30039 As a second step add in the menu
30041 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30042 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30049 Custom Header/Footerlines
30050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30054 This module offers the following 6
30055 \begin_inset space ~
30061 \begin_layout Description
30063 \begin_inset space ~
30067 \begin_inset space ~
30071 \begin_inset space ~
30075 \begin_inset space ~
30079 \begin_inset space ~
30085 \begin_layout Description
30087 \begin_inset space ~
30091 \begin_inset space ~
30095 \begin_inset space ~
30099 \begin_inset space ~
30103 \begin_inset space ~
30109 \begin_layout Standard
30110 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30113 \begin_layout Standard
30114 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30115 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30117 \begin_inset space ~
30121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30123 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30127 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30130 \begin_layout Standard
30131 \begin_inset Float figure
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30140 \begin_inset Tabular
30141 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30142 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30143 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30145 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30147 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30194 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 The normal text on the page goes here.
30210 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30212 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30213 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30218 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30256 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30267 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 \begin_inset Caption
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30308 name "fig:Page-layout"
30312 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30325 \begin_layout Subsection
30329 \begin_layout Standard
30330 To define your header line, add all 3
30331 \begin_inset space ~
30335 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30336 the optional arguments on even pages.
30337 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30339 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30340 Defining the footer line works similar.
30343 \begin_layout Standard
30344 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30360 \begin_inset space ~
30368 \begin_layout Description
30371 thepage prints the current page number
30374 \begin_layout Description
30377 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30380 \begin_layout Description
30383 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30386 \begin_layout Description
30389 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30390 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30397 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30400 because it usually goes in a left header.
30403 \begin_layout Description
30406 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30407 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30409 It is normally used in the right header.
30412 \begin_layout Subsection
30413 Default header/footer
30416 \begin_layout Standard
30417 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30418 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30419 footer has the page number.
30420 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30421 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30422 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30425 \begin_inset space ~
30433 \begin_layout Subsection
30437 \begin_layout Standard
30438 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30439 Some pages are different.
30440 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30441 a new part or chapter in your book.
30442 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30443 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30444 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30448 Header and footer decoration line
30451 \begin_layout Standard
30452 By default, you get a 0.4
30453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30456 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30457 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30469 in the following scheme:
30472 \begin_layout Standard
30479 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30482 \begin_layout Standard
30483 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30492 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30499 \begin_layout Standard
30500 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30501 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30502 \begin_inset space ~
30506 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30516 Several header/footer lines
30519 \begin_layout Standard
30520 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30521 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30522 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30524 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30536 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30539 \begin_layout Standard
30546 headheight}{height}
30549 \begin_layout Standard
30550 Where height is a size in standard units.
30551 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30552 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30553 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30569 and look via the button
30572 \begin_inset space ~
30577 if you find a warning of the package
30582 \begin_inset Index idx
30585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30592 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30593 for your header/footer.
30596 \begin_layout Subsection
30600 \begin_layout Standard
30601 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30602 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30603 This example consists of the following definition:
30606 \begin_layout Description
30608 \begin_inset space ~
30617 , empty optional argument
30620 \begin_layout Description
30622 \begin_inset space ~
30625 Header empty, empty optional argument
30628 \begin_layout Description
30630 \begin_inset space ~
30639 in the optional argument
30642 \begin_layout Description
30644 \begin_inset space ~
30653 in the optional argument
30656 \begin_layout Description
30658 \begin_inset space ~
30670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30674 \begin_inset Newline newline
30678 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30685 in the optional argument
30688 \begin_layout Description
30690 \begin_inset space ~
30699 , empty optional argument
30702 \begin_layout Description
30705 headrulewidth set to 2
30706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30712 \begin_layout Standard
30713 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30714 For more special things like e.
30715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30719 \begin_inset space ~
30722 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30727 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30736 \begin_layout Standard
30737 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30743 \begin_layout Standard
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 pagestyle{headings}
30757 \begin_inset Note Note
30760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30761 switches back to page style with the default headings
30769 \begin_layout Section
30770 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30773 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30778 \begin_inset Index idx
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30788 \begin_inset Index idx
30791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 \begin_layout Standard
30801 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30802 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30803 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30806 \begin_layout Subsection
30810 \begin_layout Standard
30811 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30816 \begin_inset Index idx
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30825 (on some systems named simply
30830 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30832 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30838 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30839 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30847 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30848 automatically installed together with LyX.
30851 \begin_layout Subsection
30855 \begin_layout Standard
30856 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30857 LaTeX, activate the option
30860 \begin_inset space ~
30867 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30873 \begin_inset space ~
30877 \begin_inset space ~
30880 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30887 \begin_inset space ~
30900 \begin_inset space ~
30905 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30908 \begin_layout Standard
30909 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30913 \begin_layout Standard
30914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30923 generated by activating the option
30926 \begin_inset space ~
30932 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30940 \begin_layout Subsection
30941 Selected document parts
30944 \begin_layout Standard
30945 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30946 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30947 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30948 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30954 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30955 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30956 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30959 \begin_layout Standard
30960 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30966 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 is explained in section
30979 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30984 \begin_inset space ~
30994 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30995 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30997 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30999 Here is the result:
31002 \begin_layout Standard
31003 \begin_inset Preview
31005 \begin_layout Standard
31010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31014 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31020 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31030 height_special "totalheight"
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31058 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31064 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 \begin_layout Standard
31087 Previewing works also for colors.
31088 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 is explained in section
31113 \begin_inset space ~
31126 \begin_layout Standard
31127 \begin_inset Preview
31129 \begin_layout Standard
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31157 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31176 \begin_layout Standard
31177 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31183 \begin_layout Standard
31184 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31185 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31186 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31188 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31189 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31190 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31191 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31195 \begin_layout Subsection
31199 \begin_layout Standard
31200 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31203 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31205 \begin_inset space ~
31210 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31211 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31213 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31214 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31215 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31216 the source view window.
31219 \begin_layout Section
31220 Advanced Find and Replace
31221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31223 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31228 \begin_inset Index idx
31231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 \begin_inset Index idx
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31250 \begin_layout Subsection
31254 \begin_layout Standard
31255 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31256 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31257 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31258 The key-features are:
31261 \begin_layout Itemize
31262 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31263 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31264 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31268 \begin_layout Itemize
31269 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31270 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31271 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31272 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31275 \begin_layout Itemize
31276 Search may be widened to a specific
31281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31285 \begin_inset space ~
31288 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31289 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31296 \begin_layout Itemize
31297 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31298 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31303 \begin_inset space ~
31306 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31309 \begin_layout Subsection
31313 \begin_layout Standard
31314 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31316 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31329 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31332 ) or the toolbar button
31335 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31341 Advanced Find and Replace
31346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31350 \begin_layout Standard
31355 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31360 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31365 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31366 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31367 Pressing repeatedly
31371 keeps searching forward.
31372 Similarly, pressing
31376 searches for the entered text backwards.
31379 \begin_layout Standard
31380 While searching, the
31384 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31394 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31398 Searching for mathematics
31401 \begin_layout Standard
31402 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31406 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31407 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31410 or also something more complex like
31411 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31415 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31416 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31417 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31418 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31428 \begin_layout Standard
31429 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31430 This is done by switching to the
31434 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31439 This way, entering in the
31446 \begin_layout Itemize
31447 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31448 in emphasized or boldface.
31451 \begin_layout Itemize
31452 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31453 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31454 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31455 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31458 \begin_layout Itemize
31459 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31460 of if only within section headings.
31461 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31462 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31466 \begin_layout Itemize
31467 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31468 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31475 \begin_layout Standard
31476 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31480 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31488 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31492 button or alternatively
31514 \begin_layout Standard
31515 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31516 text segments in your document.
31517 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31521 \begin_layout Itemize
31522 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31523 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31531 with its typewriter version
31534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31544 \begin_layout Itemize
31545 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31551 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31563 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31570 (you may want to enable the
31578 options and disable the
31586 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31594 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31595 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31599 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31602 , or occurrences of
31603 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31607 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31613 \begin_layout Subsection
31617 \begin_layout Standard
31618 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31625 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31627 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31636 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31642 This is done via the menu
31644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31645 Insert Regular Expression
31647 while the cursor is in the
31652 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31653 expression matching rules
31657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31664 \begin_inset space ~
31667 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31668 to match expressions.
31673 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31674 same text in the document.
31675 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31676 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31679 \begin_layout Enumerate
31680 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31685 editor the fraction
31686 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31690 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31693 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31694 fractions with the given denominator.
31697 \begin_layout Enumerate
31698 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31710 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31715 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31716 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31718 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31721 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31722 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31725 \begin_layout Standard
31726 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31727 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31728 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31731 , and referring back to them through
31732 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31736 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31740 For example, try searching for the regexp
31741 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31744 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31747 \begin_layout Standard
31748 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31749 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31750 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31755 \begin_inset space ~
31759 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31762 always refers to the first occurrence of
31763 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31766 in all entered regexps.
31769 \begin_layout Standard
31770 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31774 \begin_layout Section
31776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31778 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31783 \begin_inset Index idx
31786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 \begin_layout Standard
31796 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31799 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31806 or the toolbar button
31809 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31812 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31813 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31814 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31815 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31816 scrolled so that it is visible.
31817 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31818 n, if any could be found.
31819 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31823 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31824 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31827 \begin_layout Standard
31828 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31835 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31836 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31837 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31838 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31839 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31840 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31843 \begin_layout Subsection
31847 \begin_layout Standard
31848 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31851 \begin_inset space ~
31854 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31857 you can set the following things:
31860 \begin_layout Description
31862 \begin_inset space ~
31865 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31866 Depending on your platform,
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31881 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31882 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31897 \begin_layout Description
31899 \begin_inset space ~
31902 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31903 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31906 \begin_layout Description
31908 \begin_inset space ~
31911 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31917 \begin_inset space \space{}
31921 This should normally not be needed.
31924 \begin_layout Description
31926 \begin_inset space ~
31930 \begin_inset space ~
31933 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31945 \begin_layout Description
31947 \begin_inset space ~
31950 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31951 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31952 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31953 appear in the context menu.
31954 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31958 \begin_layout Description
31960 \begin_inset space ~
31964 \begin_inset space ~
31968 \begin_inset space ~
31971 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31975 \begin_layout Section
31977 \begin_inset Index idx
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31989 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31996 \begin_layout Standard
31997 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31998 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32010 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32019 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32020 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32021 are available for many languages.
32024 \begin_layout Standard
32025 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32029 \begin_layout Subsection
32030 Setting up the thesaurus
32033 \begin_layout Standard
32041 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32046 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32051 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32057 en_EN for English).
32058 For instance, the English files are named:
32061 \begin_layout Itemize
32065 \begin_layout Itemize
32069 \begin_layout Standard
32070 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32071 files should be already on your system.
32072 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32073 \begin_inset Flex URL
32076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32084 \begin_inset Flex URL
32087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32099 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32100 \begin_inset space ~
32104 \begin_inset Flex URL
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32114 are usually packed in extension archives (
32118 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32120 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32121 unpack a zip archive.
32134 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32135 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32137 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32138 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32142 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32145 \begin_layout Subsection
32146 Using the thesaurus
32149 \begin_layout Standard
32150 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32152 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32155 or the toolbar button
32158 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32161 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32163 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32165 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32166 Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
32167 only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
32176 ), related terms (such as
32179 \begin_inset space ~
32188 ), compounds (such as
32191 \begin_inset space ~
32200 ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
32209 Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
32212 \begin_layout Standard
32213 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32214 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32218 \begin_layout Standard
32219 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32220 the dictionary, such as the above
32224 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32229 \begin_inset space \space{}
32232 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32233 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32234 For example looking up the word form
32235 \change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
32246 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32252 \change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
32253 The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
32257 , it will resolve it to the form
32261 which is in the dictionary).
32262 However, this may not always work.
32263 So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
32266 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32271 \begin_inset space \space{}
32282 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32283 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32284 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32287 \begin_layout Section
32289 \begin_inset Index idx
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 \begin_inset Index idx
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 Document ! Change Tracking
32309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32311 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32318 \begin_layout Standard
32319 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32320 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32321 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32322 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32326 \begin_inset space ~
32329 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32331 \begin_inset space ~
32339 \begin_layout Standard
32340 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32354 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32355 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32358 \begin_inset space ~
32362 \begin_inset space ~
32372 \begin_inset Index idx
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32376 Color ! Change tracking
32381 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32382 the cursor is in changed text.
32383 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32386 arg "changes-merge"
32392 \begin_layout Standard
32393 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32394 \begin_inset Index idx
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 \begin_layout Standard
32407 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32413 \begin_layout Standard
32414 \begin_inset Graphics
32415 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32423 \begin_layout Standard
32424 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32430 \begin_layout Standard
32431 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32435 \begin_layout Standard
32436 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32442 \begin_layout Standard
32443 \begin_inset Tabular
32444 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32445 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32446 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32447 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 arg "changes-track"
32465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32473 \begin_inset space ~
32476 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32478 \begin_inset space ~
32487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32496 arg "changes-output"
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32512 \begin_inset space ~
32515 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32517 \begin_inset space ~
32521 \begin_inset space ~
32525 \begin_inset space ~
32534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 Jumps to the next change
32561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 arg "change-accept"
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32586 \begin_inset space ~
32589 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32591 \begin_inset space ~
32600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 arg "change-reject"
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32625 \begin_inset space ~
32628 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32630 \begin_inset space ~
32639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 arg "changes-merge"
32656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32664 \begin_inset space ~
32667 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32669 \begin_inset space ~
32678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32687 arg "all-changes-accept"
32695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32703 \begin_inset space ~
32706 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32708 \begin_inset space ~
32712 \begin_inset space ~
32721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 arg "all-changes-reject"
32738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32746 \begin_inset space ~
32749 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32751 \begin_inset space ~
32755 \begin_inset space ~
32764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32788 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32790 \begin_inset space ~
32799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32824 \begin_inset space ~
32840 \begin_layout Standard
32841 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32847 \begin_layout Standard
32848 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32849 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32850 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32851 the next change after the current cursor position.
32852 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32853 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32854 step to the next change.
32855 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32858 \begin_layout Standard
32859 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32860 to describe a change.
32863 \begin_layout Standard
32864 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32869 \begin_inset Index idx
32872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32879 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32880 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32886 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32889 \begin_layout Section
32890 Comparison of Documents
32891 \begin_inset Index idx
32894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 Comparison of documents
32903 \begin_layout Standard
32904 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32906 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32910 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32912 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32913 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32917 \begin_inset space ~
32921 \begin_inset space ~
32925 \begin_inset space ~
32934 \begin_inset space ~
32938 \begin_inset space ~
32942 \begin_inset space ~
32946 \begin_inset space ~
32950 \begin_inset space ~
32954 \begin_inset space ~
32959 enables the change tracking option
32962 \begin_inset space ~
32966 \begin_inset space ~
32970 \begin_inset space ~
32975 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32978 \begin_layout Section
32979 International Support
32980 \begin_inset Index idx
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 International support
32992 \begin_layout Standard
32993 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32994 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32995 how to set up LyX to use them:
32996 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32998 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33005 \begin_layout Standard
33006 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33007 \begin_inset space ~
33011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33013 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33020 \begin_layout Subsection
33022 \begin_inset Index idx
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33032 \begin_inset Index idx
33035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 Document ! Settings
33042 \begin_inset Index idx
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 Document ! Language
33054 \begin_layout Standard
33057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33060 dialog lets you set
33062 the language and character encoding for your language.
33066 \begin_layout Standard
33067 Choose your language in the
33071 section of this dialog.
33079 \begin_layout Standard
33084 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33089 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33090 For details about the different encoding options see section
33091 \begin_inset space ~
33095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33097 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33104 \begin_layout Subsection
33105 Keyboard mapping configuration
33106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33108 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33115 \begin_layout Standard
33116 If you have for example a U.
33117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33120 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33121 can use an alternate keymap.
33122 For example, if you have a U.
33123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33126 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33127 use an Italian keymap.
33128 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33130 \begin_inset space ~
33134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33136 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33141 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33142 which one you want to use.
33145 \begin_layout Standard
33146 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33147 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33148 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33149 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33150 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33151 one to support the characters you want.
33152 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33159 \begin_layout Subsection
33163 \begin_layout Standard
33165 \begin_inset space ~
33169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33171 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33180 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33184 \begin_layout Standard
33185 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33186 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33194 \begin_layout Itemize
33195 Even if you have selected
33201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33204 dialog, users who have only the
33208 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33212 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33213 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33214 french quotes will not show up.
33217 \begin_layout Standard
33218 \begin_inset Float table
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 \begin_inset Caption
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33229 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 \begin_inset Tabular
33248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33249 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33254 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33255 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33256 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33257 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33258 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33261 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33265 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37679 \begin_layout Standard
37680 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37682 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37683 also the characters from
37695 \begin_layout Itemize
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37705 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37712 \begin_layout Standard
37713 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37714 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37720 \begin_layout Standard
37721 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37722 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37728 \begin_layout Standard
37729 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37730 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37738 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37744 \begin_layout Standard
37746 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37752 \begin_layout Standard
37754 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37761 \begin_layout Itemize
37774 \begin_layout Standard
37776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37782 \begin_layout Standard
37784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37790 \begin_layout Standard
37792 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37798 \begin_layout Standard
37800 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37806 \begin_layout Standard
37808 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37814 \begin_layout Standard
37816 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37823 \begin_layout Standard
37824 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37825 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37826 Also make sure you're using the
37833 \begin_layout Chapter
37836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37838 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37845 \begin_layout Standard
37846 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37847 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37848 topic inside the user's guide.
37851 \begin_layout Section
37853 \begin_inset Index idx
37856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37865 \begin_layout Standard
37870 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37873 \begin_layout Subsection
37877 \begin_layout Standard
37878 Creates a new document.
37881 \begin_layout Subsection
37885 \begin_layout Standard
37886 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37887 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37888 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37891 \begin_layout Subsection
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37899 \begin_layout Subsection
37903 \begin_layout Standard
37904 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37905 Click there on a file to open it.
37908 \begin_layout Subsection
37912 \begin_layout Standard
37913 Closes the current document.
37916 \begin_layout Subsection
37920 \begin_layout Standard
37921 Closes all opened documents.
37924 \begin_layout Subsection
37928 \begin_layout Standard
37929 Saves the actual document.
37932 \begin_layout Subsection
37936 \begin_layout Standard
37937 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37940 \begin_layout Subsection
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 Saves all opened documents.
37948 \begin_layout Subsection
37952 \begin_layout Standard
37953 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37956 \begin_layout Subsection
37960 \begin_layout Standard
37961 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37962 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37963 It is described in the section
37965 Version Control in LyX
37969 Additional Features
37974 \begin_layout Subsection
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37980 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37982 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37985 \begin_layout Standard
37986 When using the menu entry
37989 \begin_inset space ~
37994 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37998 \begin_inset space ~
38002 \begin_inset space ~
38007 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38008 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38011 \begin_layout Subsection
38013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38022 \begin_layout Standard
38023 You can export your document to various file formats.
38024 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38025 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38026 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38029 \begin_layout Standard
38030 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38038 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38045 \begin_layout Description
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 yX format of the special LyX
38066 \begin_inset space ~
38069 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38070 \begin_inset Newline newline
38073 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38076 \begin_layout Description
38077 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38083 \begin_layout Description
38085 \begin_inset space ~
38088 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38094 \begin_layout Description
38095 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38096 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38097 files paths or file names in your document.
38098 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38105 \begin_layout Description
38106 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38107 in files paths or file names
38110 \begin_layout Description
38112 \begin_inset space ~
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38126 eX) DVI-format using the program
38130 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38133 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38149 \begin_layout Description
38151 \begin_inset space ~
38154 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38158 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38163 \begin_layout Description
38164 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38168 \begin_layout Description
38170 \begin_inset space ~
38174 \begin_inset space ~
38177 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38181 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38189 \begin_layout Description
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 \begin_inset space ~
38215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38233 \begin_layout Description
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 \begin_inset space ~
38253 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38254 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38258 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38261 \begin_layout Description
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38276 \begin_inset space ~
38281 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38282 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38290 \begin_layout Description
38297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 \begin_inset space ~
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38334 \begin_layout Description
38336 \begin_inset space ~
38340 \begin_inset space ~
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38358 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38359 music notation software
38364 \begin_layout Description
38371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 \begin_inset space ~
38385 \begin_inset space ~
38388 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38389 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38390 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38393 \begin_layout Description
38400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 \begin_inset space ~
38413 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38429 represent the version number)
38432 \begin_layout Description
38439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38448 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38451 \begin_layout Description
38452 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38457 \begin_layout Description
38458 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38460 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38463 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38467 \begin_layout Description
38471 \begin_inset space ~
38476 PDF-format using the program
38480 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38483 \begin_layout Description
38487 \begin_inset space ~
38494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 PDF-format using the program
38507 , produces PDF-files directly
38510 \begin_layout Description
38514 \begin_inset space ~
38519 PDF-format using the program
38523 , produces PDF-files directly
38526 \begin_layout Description
38530 \begin_inset space ~
38535 PDF-format using the program
38539 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38542 \begin_layout Description
38546 \begin_inset space ~
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38562 PDF-format using the program
38566 , produces PDF-files directly
38569 \begin_layout Description
38573 \begin_inset space ~
38581 \begin_layout Description
38585 \begin_inset space ~
38589 \begin_inset space ~
38594 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38595 and then exported as text using the program
38600 \begin_layout Description
38605 PostScript format using the program
38610 \begin_layout Description
38611 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38612 programming language
38625 it is possible to use
38632 \begin_layout Standard
38633 If one of the menu entries
38640 \begin_inset space ~
38649 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38650 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38651 \begin_inset space ~
38655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38657 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38662 \begin_inset Index idx
38665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38666 Reconfiguration of LyX
38674 \begin_layout Subsection
38678 \begin_layout Standard
38679 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38680 format or send it to a printer.
38681 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38682 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38688 For more information have a look at section
38689 \begin_inset space ~
38693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38695 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38702 \begin_layout Subsection
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38707 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38708 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38709 prefix, see section
38710 \begin_inset space ~
38714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38716 reference "sec:Paths"
38721 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38730 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38731 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38732 \begin_inset space ~
38736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38738 reference "sub:Converters"
38745 \begin_layout Subsection
38746 New and Close Window
38749 \begin_layout Standard
38750 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38753 \begin_layout Subsection
38757 \begin_layout Standard
38758 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38761 \begin_layout Section
38763 \begin_inset Index idx
38766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38775 \begin_layout Subsection
38779 \begin_layout Standard
38780 Described in section
38781 \begin_inset space ~
38785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38787 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38794 \begin_layout Subsection
38795 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 Described in section
38800 \begin_inset space ~
38804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38806 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38813 \begin_layout Subsection
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38819 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38822 \begin_layout Subsection
38826 \begin_layout Standard
38827 Selects the whole document.
38830 \begin_layout Subsection
38831 Find & Replace (Quick)
38834 \begin_layout Standard
38835 Described in section
38836 \begin_inset space ~
38840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38842 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38849 \begin_layout Subsection
38850 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38854 Described in section
38855 \begin_inset space ~
38859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38861 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38868 \begin_layout Subsection
38869 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38872 \begin_layout Standard
38873 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38877 \begin_layout Subsection
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 Described in section
38883 \begin_inset space ~
38887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38889 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38896 \begin_layout Subsection
38898 \begin_inset Index idx
38901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38902 Paragraph ! Settings
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38911 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38912 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38916 \begin_layout Standard
38917 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38918 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38920 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38934 \begin_layout Subsection
38935 Table Settings and Math
38938 \begin_layout Standard
38939 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38941 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38942 The properties of tables are described in section
38943 \begin_inset space ~
38947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38949 reference "sec:Tables"
38953 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38954 \begin_inset space ~
38958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38960 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38967 \begin_layout Subsection
38968 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38972 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38974 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38975 \begin_inset space ~
38979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38981 reference "sec:Nesting"
38986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38988 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38995 \begin_layout Section
38997 \begin_inset Index idx
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39010 At the bottom of the
39014 menu the opened documents are listed.
39017 \begin_layout Subsection
39018 Open/Close all Insets
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39022 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39025 \begin_layout Subsection
39026 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39029 \begin_layout Standard
39030 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39033 \begin_layout Standard
39034 Math macros are described in the
39041 \begin_layout Subsection
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39046 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39054 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39061 \begin_layout Subsection
39065 \begin_layout Standard
39066 Opens a window showing console messages.
39067 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39068 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39071 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39072 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39075 \begin_layout Subsection
39079 \begin_layout Standard
39080 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39081 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39088 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39092 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39099 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39103 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39104 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39105 \begin_inset space ~
39109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39111 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39116 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39117 The default output format is
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39128 \begin_layout Subsection
39129 View (Other Formats)
39132 \begin_layout Standard
39133 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39134 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39135 actual document with an external program.
39136 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39137 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39138 All possible formats are listed in section
39139 \begin_inset space ~
39143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39145 reference "sub:Export"
39150 You should at least see the menu entry
39155 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39156 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39157 \begin_inset space ~
39161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39163 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39168 \begin_inset Index idx
39171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 Reconfiguration of LyX
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39181 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39182 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39183 \begin_inset space ~
39187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39189 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39194 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39197 \begin_layout Subsection
39201 \begin_layout Standard
39202 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39203 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39206 \begin_layout Subsection
39207 Update (Other Formats)
39210 \begin_layout Standard
39211 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39212 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39215 \begin_layout Subsection
39216 View Master Document
39219 \begin_layout Standard
39220 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39236 \begin_inset space ~
39241 manual for more information on this topic).
39242 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39243 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39248 generates the output of the whole book, while
39252 will just output the chapter alone.
39255 \begin_layout Standard
39256 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39257 in the preferences (see sec.
39258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39264 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39268 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39275 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39282 \begin_layout Subsection
39283 Update Master Document
39286 \begin_layout Standard
39287 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39303 \begin_inset space ~
39308 manual for more information on this topic).
39309 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39310 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39313 \begin_layout Standard
39314 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39315 in the preferences (see sec.
39316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39322 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39326 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39333 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39340 \begin_layout Subsection
39344 \begin_layout Standard
39345 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39346 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39347 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39348 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39349 or more documents at the same time.
39350 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39357 \begin_layout Subsection
39361 \begin_layout Standard
39362 Closes a split view.
39365 \begin_layout Subsection
39369 \begin_layout Standard
39370 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39371 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39372 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39373 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39374 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39377 \begin_layout Subsection
39379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39381 name "sub:Toolbars"
39386 \begin_inset Index idx
39389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39398 \begin_layout Standard
39399 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39400 All toolbars and the
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39408 can be turned on and off.
39413 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39433 \begin_inset space ~
39442 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39446 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39453 \begin_layout Standard
39458 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39462 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39463 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39464 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39465 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39466 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39469 \begin_layout Standard
39470 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39471 \begin_inset space ~
39475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39477 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39484 \begin_layout Section
39486 \begin_inset Index idx
39489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39498 \begin_layout Subsection
39502 \begin_layout Standard
39503 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39504 \begin_inset space ~
39508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39510 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39521 \begin_layout Subsection
39523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39525 name "sub:Special-Character"
39532 \begin_layout Standard
39533 Here you can insert the following characters:
39536 \begin_layout Description
39537 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39538 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39539 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39540 \begin_inset Newline newline
39544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39552 Not all characters will be visible in the
39556 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39564 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39568 ) can display every character.
39576 \begin_layout Description
39577 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39581 \begin_layout Description
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_inset space ~
39590 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39591 \begin_inset space ~
39595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39597 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39604 \begin_layout Description
39606 \begin_inset space ~
39609 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39612 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39622 \begin_layout Description
39624 \begin_inset space ~
39628 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809482
39630 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809484
39634 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809487
39636 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39640 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809513
39641 in the quotation marks style selected in the
39643 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39655 \begin_layout Description
39657 \begin_inset space ~
39660 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39664 \begin_layout Description
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39669 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39673 \begin_layout Description
39675 \begin_inset space ~
39678 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39682 \begin_layout Description
39684 \begin_inset space ~
39688 \begin_inset Index idx
39691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39698 \begin_inset Index idx
39701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39702 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39708 \change_deleted -712698321 1345808954
39709 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset
39710 \change_inserted -712698321 1345808969
39711 Inserts a box where
39712 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809001
39717 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809047
39718 commands to create IPA phonetic
39721 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809189
39722 from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which
39723 provides a large set of these symbols
39727 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809068
39729 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809068
39733 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809224
39734 with traditional LaTeX
39736 you must have the LaTeX-package
39741 \begin_inset Index idx
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39745 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39751 \begin_inset Newline newline
39755 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809282
39757 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809283
39760 ore information about this feature
39761 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809286
39762 we refer you to the documentation of
39765 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39773 and this Wiki-page:
39774 \begin_inset Newline newline
39778 \begin_inset Flex URL
39781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39783 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39789 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809397
39790 can be found in the Linguistics manual (
39792 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39793 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39801 \begin_layout Subsection
39805 \begin_layout Standard
39806 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39809 \begin_layout Description
39810 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39811 \begin_inset script superscript
39813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39822 \begin_layout Description
39823 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39824 \begin_inset script subscript
39826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 \begin_layout Description
39837 \begin_inset space ~
39840 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39841 \begin_inset space ~
39845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39847 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39854 \begin_layout Description
39856 \begin_inset space ~
39859 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39866 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39873 \begin_layout Description
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39878 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39885 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39892 \begin_layout Description
39894 \begin_inset space ~
39897 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39904 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39911 \begin_layout Description
39913 \begin_inset space ~
39916 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39923 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39930 \begin_layout Description
39932 \begin_inset space ~
39935 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39942 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39949 \begin_layout Description
39950 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39957 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39964 \begin_layout Description
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39969 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39976 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39983 \begin_layout Description
39985 \begin_inset space ~
39988 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39995 reference "sub:Ligatures"
40002 \begin_layout Description
40004 \begin_inset space ~
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40011 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40018 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40025 \begin_layout Description
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40030 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
40031 text line to the page border, see section
40032 \begin_inset space ~
40036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40038 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40045 \begin_layout Description
40047 \begin_inset space ~
40050 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
40051 \begin_inset space ~
40055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40057 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40064 \begin_layout Description
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40069 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
40070 text page to the page border, described in section
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40077 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40084 \begin_layout Description
40086 \begin_inset space ~
40089 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40090 \begin_inset space ~
40094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40096 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40103 \begin_layout Description
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40109 \begin_inset space ~
40112 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40113 \begin_inset space ~
40117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40119 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40126 \begin_layout Subsection
40130 \begin_layout Standard
40131 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40132 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40134 \begin_inset space ~
40138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40140 reference "sec:toc"
40145 The index list is described in section
40146 \begin_inset space ~
40150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40152 reference "sec:Index"
40156 , the nomenclature in section
40157 \begin_inset space ~
40161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40163 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40167 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40174 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40181 \begin_layout Subsection
40185 \begin_layout Standard
40186 To insert floats, described in section
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40193 reference "sec:Floats"
40200 \begin_layout Subsection
40204 \begin_layout Standard
40205 To insert notes, described in section
40206 \begin_inset space ~
40210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40212 reference "sec:Notes"
40219 \begin_layout Subsection
40223 \begin_layout Standard
40224 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40231 reference "sec:Branches"
40238 \begin_layout Subsection
40242 \begin_layout Standard
40243 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40244 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40246 An example is the document class
40247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40254 with three custom insets.
40257 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40263 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40266 \begin_layout Subsection
40268 \begin_inset Index idx
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40280 \begin_layout Standard
40281 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40283 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40290 \begin_inset space ~
40298 \begin_layout Subsection
40300 \begin_inset Index idx
40303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40312 \begin_layout Standard
40313 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40320 reference "sec:Minipages"
40325 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40332 \begin_inset space ~
40340 \begin_layout Subsection
40344 \begin_layout Standard
40345 Inserts a citation as described in section
40346 \begin_inset space ~
40350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40352 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40359 \begin_layout Subsection
40363 \begin_layout Standard
40364 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40365 \begin_inset space ~
40369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40371 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40378 \begin_layout Subsection
40382 \begin_layout Standard
40383 Inserts a label as described in section
40384 \begin_inset space ~
40388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40390 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40397 \begin_layout Subsection
40399 \begin_inset Index idx
40402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40409 \begin_inset Index idx
40412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40413 Longtables ! Caption
40421 \begin_layout Standard
40422 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40423 Floats are described in section
40424 \begin_inset space ~
40428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40430 reference "sec:Floats"
40434 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40441 \begin_inset space ~
40449 \begin_layout Subsection
40453 \begin_layout Standard
40454 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40455 \begin_inset space ~
40459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40461 reference "sec:Index"
40468 \begin_layout Subsection
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40474 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40480 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40487 \begin_layout Subsection
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40493 Tables are described in section
40494 \begin_inset space ~
40498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40500 reference "sec:Tables"
40507 \begin_layout Subsection
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40513 Graphics are described in section
40514 \begin_inset space ~
40518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40520 reference "sec:Graphics"
40527 \begin_layout Subsection
40531 \begin_layout Standard
40532 Inserts a URL as described in section
40533 \begin_inset space ~
40537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40539 reference "sub:URLs"
40546 \begin_layout Subsection
40550 \begin_layout Standard
40551 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40552 \begin_inset space ~
40556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40558 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40565 \begin_layout Subsection
40569 \begin_layout Standard
40570 Inserts a footnote, see section
40571 \begin_inset space ~
40575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40577 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40584 \begin_layout Subsection
40588 \begin_layout Standard
40589 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40590 \begin_inset space ~
40594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40596 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40603 \begin_layout Subsection
40607 \begin_layout Standard
40608 Inserts a short title, see section
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40615 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40622 \begin_layout Subsection
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40628 \begin_inset space ~
40632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40634 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40641 \begin_layout Subsection
40643 \begin_inset Index idx
40646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40655 \begin_layout Standard
40656 Inserts a program listings box.
40657 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40659 Program Code Listings
40664 \begin_inset space ~
40672 \begin_layout Subsection
40676 \begin_layout Standard
40677 Inserts the actual date.
40678 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40680 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40688 \begin_inset space ~
40696 \begin_layout Subsection
40700 \begin_layout Standard
40701 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40702 \begin_inset space ~
40706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40708 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40715 \begin_layout Section
40717 \begin_inset Index idx
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 \begin_layout Standard
40730 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40731 \begin_inset space ~
40734 of the current document.
40735 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40738 \begin_layout Subsection
40742 \begin_layout Standard
40743 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40744 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40750 \begin_inset space \space{}
40754 \begin_inset space ~
40758 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40759 \begin_inset space ~
40762 2.5 and use the submenu
40765 \begin_inset space ~
40769 \begin_inset space ~
40776 \begin_inset space ~
40782 \begin_inset space ~
40786 \begin_inset space ~
40792 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40796 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40802 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40808 \begin_layout Standard
40809 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40810 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40813 \begin_layout Subsection
40814 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40817 \begin_layout Standard
40818 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40822 \begin_layout Subsection
40826 \begin_layout Standard
40827 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40828 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40829 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40833 \begin_inset space ~
40837 \begin_inset space ~
40845 \begin_layout Subsection
40849 \begin_layout Standard
40850 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40851 in the output, see section
40854 \begin_inset space ~
40862 \begin_inset space ~
40867 manual for a detailed description.
40870 \begin_layout Section
40872 \begin_inset Index idx
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40884 \begin_layout Subsection
40888 \begin_layout Standard
40889 Change Tracking is described in section
40890 \begin_inset space ~
40894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40896 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40903 \begin_layout Subsection
40908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 \begin_layout Standard
40919 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40921 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40924 \begin_layout Standard
40925 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40930 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40933 \begin_layout Subsection
40937 \begin_layout Standard
40938 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40939 \begin_inset space ~
40943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40945 reference "sec:Navigating"
40950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40952 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40959 \begin_layout Subsection
40960 Start Appendix Here
40963 \begin_layout Standard
40964 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40965 position as described in section
40966 \begin_inset space ~
40970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40972 reference "sec:Appendices"
40979 \begin_layout Subsection
40983 \begin_layout Standard
40984 Un/compresses the current document.
40987 \begin_layout Subsection
40991 \begin_layout Standard
40992 The document settings are described in appendix
40993 \begin_inset space ~
40997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40999 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
41006 \begin_layout Section
41008 \begin_inset Index idx
41011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41020 \begin_layout Subsection
41024 \begin_layout Standard
41025 Spell checking is explained in section
41026 \begin_inset space ~
41030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41032 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41039 \begin_layout Subsection
41043 \begin_layout Standard
41044 The thesaurus is described in section
41045 \begin_inset space ~
41049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41051 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
41058 \begin_layout Subsection
41060 \begin_inset Index idx
41063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41070 \begin_inset Index idx
41073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41082 \begin_layout Standard
41083 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41087 \begin_layout Subsection
41089 \begin_inset Index idx
41092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41101 \begin_layout Standard
41102 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41106 \begin_layout Subsection
41108 \begin_inset Index idx
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41112 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41123 Reconfiguration of LyX
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41140 \begin_inset Index idx
41143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41144 Reconfiguration of LyX
41152 \begin_layout Standard
41153 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41154 and programs it needs; see also section
41155 \begin_inset space ~
41159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41161 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41168 \begin_layout Subsection
41172 \begin_layout Standard
41173 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41174 \begin_inset space ~
41178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41180 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41187 \begin_layout Section
41189 \begin_inset Index idx
41192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 \begin_layout Standard
41202 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41204 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41208 \begin_layout Standard
41212 \begin_inset space ~
41217 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41218 found by LyX (see also section
41219 \begin_inset space ~
41223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41225 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41232 \begin_layout Section
41234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41236 name "sec:Toolbars"
41243 \begin_layout Standard
41244 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41245 \begin_inset space ~
41249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41251 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41258 \begin_layout Standard
41259 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41260 This is described in the
41262 Additional Features
41267 \begin_layout Subsection
41269 \begin_inset Index idx
41272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41281 \begin_layout Standard
41282 \begin_inset Graphics
41283 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41291 \begin_layout Standard
41292 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41298 \begin_layout Standard
41299 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41316 \begin_inset Note Note
41319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41320 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41325 manual for more information.
41333 \begin_layout Standard
41334 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41340 \begin_layout Standard
41341 \begin_inset Tabular
41342 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41343 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41345 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41351 \begin_inset Graphics
41352 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41366 pull-down box for the environments
41379 \begin_layout Standard
41380 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41386 \begin_layout Standard
41388 \begin_inset Tabular
41389 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41390 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41391 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41392 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41416 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41446 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 arg "dialog-show print"
41500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41506 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41566 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41626 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41656 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41663 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41686 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41702 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41716 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41754 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41755 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41783 Emphasize text, function of the
41785 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41787 \begin_inset space ~
41798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41819 Set text to noun style, function of the
41821 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41823 \begin_inset space ~
41834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41843 arg "textstyle-apply"
41851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 Formats text using the current settings in the
41857 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41859 \begin_inset space ~
41870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41894 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41896 \begin_inset space ~
41905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41914 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41942 arg "tabular-insert"
41950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41972 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 Toggle outline window on/off,
41986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
42010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42014 Toggle math toolbar on/off
42020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42029 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42041 Toggle table toolbar on/off
42054 \begin_layout Subsection
42056 \begin_inset Index idx
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42068 \begin_layout Standard
42069 \begin_inset Graphics
42070 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
42078 \begin_layout Standard
42079 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42085 \begin_layout Standard
42086 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42090 \begin_layout Standard
42091 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42097 \begin_layout Standard
42098 \begin_inset Tabular
42099 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42100 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42101 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42102 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42139 arg "layout Enumerate"
42147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42166 arg "layout Itemize"
42174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42220 arg "layout Description"
42228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42247 arg "depth-increment"
42255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42261 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42263 \begin_inset space ~
42267 \begin_inset space ~
42276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42285 arg "depth-decrement"
42293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42299 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42301 \begin_inset space ~
42305 \begin_inset space ~
42314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42323 arg "float-insert figure"
42331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42338 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 arg "float-insert table"
42362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42369 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42415 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42445 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42491 \begin_inset space ~
42500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 arg "nomencl-insert"
42517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42525 \begin_inset space ~
42534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42543 arg "footnote-insert"
42551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42573 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42589 \begin_inset space ~
42598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42622 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42624 \begin_inset space ~
42633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42642 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42663 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42733 \begin_inset space ~
42742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42751 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42766 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42782 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42797 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42799 \begin_inset space ~
42808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42817 arg "dialog-show character"
42825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42831 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42833 \begin_inset space ~
42842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42851 arg "layout-paragraph"
42859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42865 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42867 \begin_inset space ~
42876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42885 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42899 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42913 \begin_layout Subsection
42914 View / Update Toolbar
42915 \begin_inset Index idx
42918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 Toolbar ! View / Update
42927 \begin_layout Standard
42928 \begin_inset Graphics
42929 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42936 \begin_layout Standard
42937 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42943 \begin_layout Standard
42944 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42948 \begin_layout Standard
42949 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42955 \begin_layout Standard
42956 \begin_inset Tabular
42957 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42958 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42959 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42960 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42984 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43000 arg "buffer-update"
43008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43014 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43030 arg "master-buffer-view"
43038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43044 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43060 arg "master-buffer-update"
43068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43074 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43076 \begin_inset space ~
43085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43094 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43109 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43110 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43111 Synchronize with Output
43117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43122 \begin_inset Graphics
43123 filename ../images/view-others.png
43125 groupId toolbarbuttons
43136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43143 View (Other Formats)
43149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43154 \begin_inset Graphics
43155 filename ../images/update-others.png
43157 groupId toolbarbuttons
43166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43172 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43173 Update (Other Formats)
43186 \begin_layout Standard
43187 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43191 \begin_layout Subsection
43195 \begin_layout Standard
43196 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43197 \begin_inset space ~
43201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43203 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43207 , the table toolbar
43208 \begin_inset Index idx
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43220 \begin_inset space ~
43225 manual, the math macro toolbar
43226 \begin_inset Index idx
43229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43242 \begin_layout Chapter
43243 The Document Settings
43244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43246 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43251 \begin_inset Index idx
43254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43255 Document ! Settings
43263 \begin_layout Standard
43264 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43265 whole document and is called with the menu
43267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43271 You can save your document settings as default with the
43273 Save as Document Defaults
43275 button in the dialog.
43276 This will create a template named
43280 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43284 \begin_layout Standard
43289 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43290 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43293 \begin_layout Standard
43294 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43297 \begin_layout Section
43301 \begin_layout Standard
43302 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43304 Document classes are described in section
43305 \begin_inset space ~
43309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43311 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43319 \begin_layout Standard
43323 \begin_inset space ~
43328 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43332 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43333 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43335 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43344 \begin_layout Standard
43345 Some classes use special class options by default.
43346 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43350 and you can decide to use them or not.
43351 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43352 recommended to leave them untouched.
43357 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43362 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43363 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43369 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43370 \begin_inset Newline newline
43375 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43378 \begin_inset Newline newline
43381 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43387 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43389 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43401 \begin_layout Standard
43402 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43404 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43405 document is opened without its master.
43406 This way child documents are always compilable.
43407 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43414 \begin_inset space ~
43422 \begin_layout Standard
43423 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43433 \begin_inset Index idx
43436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43437 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43443 \begin_inset Index idx
43446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43447 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43452 for cross-references, see sec.
43453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43459 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43466 \begin_layout Section
43470 \begin_layout Standard
43471 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43472 Please refer to the section
43475 \begin_inset space ~
43483 \begin_inset space ~
43488 manual for details.
43491 \begin_layout Section
43495 \begin_layout Standard
43496 Modules are explained in section
43497 \begin_inset space ~
43501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43503 reference "sub:Modules"
43510 \begin_layout Section
43514 \begin_layout Standard
43516 \begin_inset space ~
43520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43522 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43529 \begin_layout Section
43533 \begin_layout Standard
43534 The document font settings are described in section
43535 \begin_inset space ~
43539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43541 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43548 \begin_layout Section
43552 \begin_layout Standard
43553 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43555 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43558 \begin_layout Standard
43559 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43560 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43562 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43565 \begin_layout Section
43569 \begin_layout Standard
43570 A description of this menu is given in section
43571 \begin_inset space ~
43575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43577 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43584 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43591 \begin_layout Section
43595 \begin_layout Standard
43596 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43597 \begin_inset space ~
43601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43603 reference "sub:Margins"
43610 \begin_layout Section
43612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43614 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43619 \begin_inset Index idx
43622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43623 Language ! Encoding
43631 \begin_layout Standard
43632 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43633 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43634 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43635 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43636 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43637 known for a particular character).
43641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43642 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43647 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43652 manual for details.
43660 \begin_layout Standard
43661 If you use the option
43665 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43666 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43667 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43668 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43669 exactly one encoding.
43670 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43673 \begin_layout Standard
43674 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43675 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43676 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43677 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43678 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43679 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43684 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43685 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43686 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43687 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43688 engines to standard LaTeX.
43689 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43690 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43693 \begin_inset space ~
43700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43712 \begin_inset space ~
43719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43731 \begin_inset space ~
43737 \begin_inset space ~
43741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43743 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43748 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43752 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43755 \begin_layout Standard
43759 \begin_inset space ~
43764 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43774 The possible settings are:
43777 \begin_layout Description
43778 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43780 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43781 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43785 \begin_inset space ~
43789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43791 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43798 \begin_layout Description
43799 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43800 format you will use.
43801 In many cases this will be
43806 \begin_inset Index idx
43809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43810 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43816 If the newer package
43821 \begin_inset Index idx
43824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43825 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43830 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43831 this package will be used instead of
43838 \begin_layout Description
43840 \begin_inset space ~
43851 would be more appropriate.
43854 \begin_layout Description
43855 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43856 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43860 (for German texts), type in
43863 \begin_inset Newline newline
43868 usepackage{ngerman}
43871 \begin_layout Description
43872 None will not use a language package.
43873 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43876 \begin_layout Standard
43877 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43880 \begin_layout Description
43882 \begin_inset space ~
43886 \begin_inset space ~
43890 \begin_inset space ~
43897 , but the LaTeX-package
43902 \begin_inset Index idx
43905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43906 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43912 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43913 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43914 languages in TeX code.
43917 \begin_layout Description
43918 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43919 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43920 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43923 \begin_layout Description
43925 \begin_inset space ~
43929 \begin_inset space ~
43932 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43935 \begin_layout Description
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43944 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43947 \begin_layout Description
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43952 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43955 \begin_layout Description
43957 \begin_inset space ~
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43964 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43965 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43968 \begin_layout Description
43970 \begin_inset space ~
43974 \begin_inset space ~
43977 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43981 \begin_layout Description
43983 \begin_inset space ~
43987 \begin_inset space ~
43990 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43991 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43994 \begin_layout Description
43996 \begin_inset space ~
44000 \begin_inset space ~
44004 \begin_inset space ~
44007 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
44008 \begin_inset space ~
44014 \begin_layout Description
44016 \begin_inset space ~
44020 \begin_inset space ~
44024 \begin_inset space ~
44027 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
44028 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
44031 \begin_layout Description
44033 \begin_inset space ~
44037 \begin_inset space ~
44040 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
44041 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
44042 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44043 \begin_inset space ~
44047 \begin_inset space ~
44053 \begin_layout Description
44055 \begin_inset space ~
44059 \begin_inset space ~
44062 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
44063 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
44064 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
44065 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44066 \begin_inset space ~
44070 \begin_inset space ~
44076 \begin_layout Description
44078 \begin_inset space ~
44082 \begin_inset space ~
44085 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44088 \begin_layout Description
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44097 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44100 \begin_layout Description
44102 \begin_inset space ~
44106 \begin_inset space ~
44109 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44112 \begin_layout Description
44114 \begin_inset space ~
44117 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44120 \begin_layout Description
44122 \begin_inset space ~
44125 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44128 \begin_layout Description
44130 \begin_inset space ~
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44137 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44140 \begin_layout Description
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44152 \begin_layout Description
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44158 \begin_inset space ~
44161 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44164 \begin_layout Description
44166 \begin_inset space ~
44170 \begin_inset space ~
44176 \begin_layout Description
44178 \begin_inset space ~
44182 \begin_inset space ~
44185 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44190 \begin_inset Index idx
44193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44194 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44199 , when using this, set the document language to
44204 \begin_layout Description
44206 \begin_inset space ~
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44213 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44217 , when using this, set the document language to
44220 \begin_inset space ~
44226 \begin_layout Description
44228 \begin_inset space ~
44232 \begin_inset space ~
44235 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44240 \begin_inset Index idx
44243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44244 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44249 , when using this, set the document language to
44254 \begin_layout Description
44256 \begin_inset space ~
44260 \begin_inset space ~
44263 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44267 , when using this, set the document language to
44272 \begin_layout Description
44274 \begin_inset space ~
44278 \begin_inset space ~
44281 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44285 , when using this, set the document language to
44290 \begin_layout Description
44292 \begin_inset space ~
44295 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44298 \begin_layout Description
44300 \begin_inset space ~
44304 \begin_inset space ~
44308 \begin_inset space ~
44311 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44314 \begin_layout Description
44316 \begin_inset space ~
44320 \begin_inset space ~
44324 \begin_inset space ~
44327 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44328 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44329 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44332 \begin_layout Description
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44338 \begin_inset space ~
44344 \begin_layout Description
44346 \begin_inset space ~
44350 \begin_inset space ~
44353 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44354 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44357 \begin_layout Description
44359 \begin_inset space ~
44363 \begin_inset space ~
44366 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44371 \begin_inset Index idx
44374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44375 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44380 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44383 \begin_layout Description
44385 \begin_inset space ~
44389 \begin_inset space ~
44392 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44400 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44405 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44407 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44410 \begin_layout Description
44412 \begin_inset space ~
44416 \begin_inset space ~
44419 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44424 \begin_inset Index idx
44427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44428 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44433 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44436 \begin_layout Description
44438 \begin_inset space ~
44441 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44446 \begin_inset Index idx
44449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44450 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44456 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44460 \begin_layout Description
44462 \begin_inset space ~
44466 \begin_inset space ~
44470 \begin_inset space ~
44473 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44474 \begin_inset space ~
44480 \begin_layout Description
44482 \begin_inset space ~
44486 \begin_inset space ~
44490 \begin_inset space ~
44493 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44494 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44495 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44499 \begin_layout Description
44501 \begin_inset space ~
44505 \begin_inset space ~
44509 \begin_inset space ~
44512 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44513 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44516 \begin_layout Standard
44517 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44526 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44530 for more information on the language package.
44533 \begin_layout Section
44535 \begin_inset Index idx
44538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44545 \begin_inset Index idx
44548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44557 \begin_layout Standard
44558 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44560 \begin_inset space ~
44563 out notes (default: light grey).
44568 sets the color back to the default.
44571 \begin_layout Standard
44572 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44574 \begin_inset space ~
44577 boxes (default: red).
44580 \begin_layout Standard
44581 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44585 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44587 \begin_inset space ~
44590 out note appears blue in the output.)
44598 \begin_layout Standard
44599 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44602 \begin_inset space ~
44607 in the document settings under
44610 \begin_inset space ~
44615 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44618 \begin_inset space ~
44626 \begin_inset space ~
44632 For example the option
44635 \begin_layout Standard
44641 \begin_layout Standard
44642 sets the link text color to black.
44643 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44648 \begin_inset Index idx
44651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44652 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44658 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44667 \begin_layout Standard
44668 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44674 \begin_layout Standard
44675 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44676 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44677 \begin_inset space ~
44680 Code behind a forced page break:
44683 \begin_layout Itemize
44684 For the page color:
44685 \begin_inset Newline newline
44692 pagecolor{color name}
44695 \begin_layout Itemize
44696 For the text color:
44697 \begin_inset Newline newline
44707 \begin_layout Standard
44708 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44741 \begin_inset Newline newline
44744 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44748 \begin_layout Itemize
44749 For the page background color:
44750 \begin_inset Newline newline
44755 page_backgroundcolor
44758 \begin_layout Itemize
44759 For the main text color:
44760 \begin_inset Newline newline
44768 \begin_layout Itemize
44770 \begin_inset space ~
44773 box background color:
44774 \begin_inset Newline newline
44782 \begin_layout Itemize
44784 \begin_inset space ~
44787 out note text color:
44788 \begin_inset Newline newline
44796 \begin_layout Standard
44797 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44800 \begin_inset space ~
44808 \begin_inset space ~
44816 \begin_layout Section
44820 \begin_layout Standard
44821 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44822 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44823 \begin_inset space ~
44827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44829 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44836 \begin_layout Section
44840 \begin_layout Standard
44841 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44846 \begin_inset Index idx
44849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44850 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44860 \begin_inset Index idx
44863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44864 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44870 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44875 \begin_inset Index idx
44878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44879 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44884 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44886 For a further description see section
44887 \begin_inset space ~
44891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44893 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44900 \begin_layout Section
44904 \begin_layout Standard
44905 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44906 and you can define additional indexes.
44907 Please refer to section
44908 \begin_inset space ~
44912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44914 reference "sec:Index"
44921 \begin_layout Section
44925 \begin_layout Standard
44926 The PDF properties are explained in section
44927 \begin_inset space ~
44931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44933 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44940 \begin_layout Section
44944 \begin_layout Standard
44945 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44950 \begin_inset Index idx
44953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44954 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44964 \begin_inset Index idx
44967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44968 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44978 \begin_inset Index idx
44981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44982 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44992 \begin_inset Index idx
44995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44996 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
45001 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
45004 \begin_layout Description
45005 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
45006 ensure that you have enabled
45009 \begin_inset space ~
45017 \begin_layout Description
45018 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
45021 \begin_inset space ~
45033 \begin_layout Description
45034 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
45045 \begin_layout Description
45046 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
45048 Chemical Symbols and Equations
45057 \begin_layout Section
45061 \begin_layout Standard
45062 The float placement options are described in section
45065 \begin_inset space ~
45073 \begin_inset space ~
45081 \begin_layout Section
45085 \begin_layout Standard
45086 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45088 Program Code Listings
45093 \begin_inset space ~
45101 \begin_layout Section
45105 \begin_layout Standard
45106 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45107 The itemize environment is described in section
45108 \begin_inset space ~
45112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45114 reference "sec:Itemize"
45121 \begin_layout Section
45125 \begin_layout Standard
45126 Branches are described in section
45127 \begin_inset space ~
45131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45133 reference "sec:Branches"
45140 \begin_layout Section
45142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45144 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45151 \begin_layout Standard
45152 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45155 \begin_layout Description
45157 \begin_inset space ~
45161 \begin_inset space ~
45164 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45184 View Master Document
45185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45192 Update Master Document
45193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45200 menu or the toolbar.
45201 The default is set in
45203 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45204 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45214 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45221 \begin_layout Description
45223 \begin_inset space ~
45227 \begin_inset space ~
45230 Output settings for the menu
45232 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45234 \begin_inset space ~
45240 For a detailed description see section
45242 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45247 \begin_inset space ~
45255 \begin_layout Description
45257 \begin_inset space ~
45261 \begin_inset space ~
45264 Options settings for the export format
45272 \begin_inset space ~
45277 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45278 \begin_inset space ~
45281 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45285 \begin_inset space ~
45290 settings are described in detail in section
45292 Math Output in XHTML
45297 \begin_inset space ~
45303 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45306 \begin_layout Section
45311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45321 \begin_layout Standard
45322 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45323 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45324 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45325 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45329 \begin_layout Standard
45330 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45331 \begin_inset space ~
45335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45337 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45344 \begin_layout Chapter
45350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45352 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45357 \begin_inset Index idx
45360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45369 \begin_layout Standard
45370 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45372 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45376 It has the following submenus.
45379 \begin_layout Section
45383 \begin_layout Subsection
45387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45388 User Interface File
45389 \begin_inset Index idx
45392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45393 Customization ! of toolbars
45399 \begin_inset Index idx
45402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45403 Customization ! of menus
45411 \begin_layout Standard
45412 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45413 interface (ui) file.
45414 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45415 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45424 Both files are loaded by the
45429 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45430 files and edit the entries.
45433 \begin_layout Standard
45434 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45446 entries must be finished with an explicit
45471 and in the case of the
45472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45484 The syntax for the entries is:
45487 \begin_layout Standard
45488 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45516 \begin_layout Standard
45518 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45521 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45523 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45525 \begin_inset space ~
45533 \begin_layout Standard
45534 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45540 \begin_layout Standard
45541 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45543 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45546 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45550 \begin_layout Standard
45551 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45575 \begin_layout Standard
45577 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45588 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45591 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45595 \begin_layout Standard
45596 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45597 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45598 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45601 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45612 \begin_layout Standard
45615 Enable tool tips in main work area
45617 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45621 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45625 \begin_layout Standard
45628 Restore window layouts and geometries
45630 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45631 in the last LyX session.
45634 \begin_layout Standard
45637 Restore cursor positions
45639 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45643 \begin_layout Standard
45646 Load opened files from last session
45648 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45651 \begin_layout Standard
45654 Clear all session information
45656 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45657 of last opened documents, etc.).
45660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45664 name "sub:Backup documents"
45669 \begin_inset Index idx
45672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45681 \begin_layout Standard
45684 Backup original documents when saving
45686 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45687 it was saved the last time.
45688 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45691 \begin_inset space ~
45697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45699 reference "sec:Paths"
45704 The backup file has the file extension
45705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45719 \begin_layout Standard
45722 Backup documents, every
45724 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45727 \begin_layout Standard
45730 Save documents compressed by default
45732 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45735 \begin_layout Standard
45740 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45743 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45745 \begin_inset space ~
45753 \begin_layout Standard
45756 Open documents in tabs
45758 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45762 \begin_layout Standard
45767 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45779 reference "sec:Paths"
45783 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45789 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45791 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45794 \begin_layout Standard
45797 Single close-tab button
45799 there will only be one button (
45802 \begin_inset Graphics
45803 filename ../images/closetab.png
45810 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45811 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45814 \begin_layout Standard
45815 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45823 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45831 \begin_layout Subsection
45833 \begin_inset Index idx
45836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45845 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45852 \begin_layout Standard
45853 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45856 \begin_layout Standard
45857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45865 This section only deals with the fonts
45870 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45874 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45885 \begin_layout Standard
45886 By default, LyX uses
45890 as roman (serif) font,
45898 (depends on the system) as
45901 \begin_inset space ~
45917 \begin_layout Standard
45918 You can change the font size with the
45925 \begin_layout Standard
45930 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45935 points have the size of 1
45936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45940 \begin_inset space ~
45944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45946 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45951 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45956 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45957 \begin_inset space ~
45961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45963 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45970 \begin_layout Standard
45973 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45975 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45976 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45977 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45978 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45980 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45981 \begin_inset space ~
45987 \begin_layout Subsection
45989 \begin_inset Index idx
45992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45999 \begin_inset Index idx
46002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46011 \begin_layout Standard
46012 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
46013 Choose an item in the list and use the
46020 \begin_layout Standard
46021 By using the option
46025 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
46028 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
46029 \begin_inset space ~
46033 \begin_inset space ~
46038 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
46041 \begin_layout Subsection
46043 \begin_inset Index idx
46046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46055 \begin_layout Standard
46056 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
46059 \begin_layout Standard
46064 enables previewing snippets of your document.
46065 This feature is described in section
46066 \begin_inset space ~
46070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46072 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46079 \begin_layout Standard
46083 \begin_inset space ~
46087 \begin_inset space ~
46091 \begin_inset space ~
46096 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46099 \begin_layout Section
46101 \begin_inset Index idx
46104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46113 \begin_layout Subsection
46117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46121 \begin_layout Standard
46124 Cursor follows scrollbar
46126 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46130 \begin_layout Standard
46131 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46132 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46133 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46136 \begin_layout Standard
46139 Scroll below end of document
46141 is self-explanatory.
46144 \begin_layout Standard
46145 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46152 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46154 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46155 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46158 \begin_layout Standard
46161 Sort environments alphabetically
46163 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46166 \begin_layout Standard
46169 Group environments by their category
46171 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46174 \begin_layout Standard
46175 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46187 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46191 \begin_layout Standard
46192 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46197 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46198 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46202 \begin_layout Subsection
46204 \begin_inset Index idx
46207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46214 \begin_inset Index idx
46217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46218 Settings ! Shortcuts
46226 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46230 \begin_layout Standard
46231 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46232 Several binding files are available:
46235 \begin_layout Description
46236 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46239 \begin_layout Description
46240 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46251 \begin_layout Description
46252 mac.bind set of bindings for
46255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46263 \begin_layout Standard
46264 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46268 , and bind files for special languages.
46269 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46274 \begin_inset space \space{}
46278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46286 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46290 \begin_layout Standard
46291 Some bind-files, like
46295 , have only a small scope.
46296 When looking at the end of the file
46300 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46303 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46307 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46312 \begin_inset Index idx
46315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46316 Key Bindings ! Editing
46324 \begin_layout Standard
46325 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46326 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46327 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46330 Show key-bindings containing
46333 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46334 Insert there for example as keyword
46335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46342 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46352 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46353 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46357 that you will find in the
46364 \begin_layout Standard
46366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46370 \begin_inset space \space{}
46381 , select the function and press the
46386 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46387 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46388 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46389 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46390 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46392 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46394 The binding for the function
46398 is an example of this.
46401 \begin_layout Standard
46402 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46404 The syntax of the entries is:
46407 \begin_layout Standard
46413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46431 \begin_layout Subsection
46433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46435 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46440 \begin_inset Index idx
46443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46450 \begin_inset Index idx
46453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46454 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46462 \begin_layout Standard
46463 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46464 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46470 \begin_inset space \space{}
46473 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46474 can use the keyboard map file named
46481 \begin_layout Standard
46482 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46490 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46498 \begin_layout Standard
46499 You can furthermore specify here the
46501 Wheel scrolling speed
46504 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46508 \begin_layout Standard
46513 you can select a key for zooming.
46514 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46517 \begin_layout Subsection
46521 \begin_layout Standard
46522 Input completion is described in sec.
46523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46529 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46536 \begin_layout Section
46538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46545 \begin_inset Index idx
46548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46555 \begin_inset Index idx
46558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46567 \begin_layout Description
46569 \begin_inset space ~
46572 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46573 It is the default when you
46584 \begin_inset space ~
46592 \begin_layout Description
46594 \begin_inset space ~
46597 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46599 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46601 \begin_inset space ~
46605 \begin_inset space ~
46613 \begin_layout Description
46615 \begin_inset space ~
46618 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46624 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46628 \begin_inset Newline newline
46632 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46644 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46652 \begin_layout Description
46654 \begin_inset space ~
46658 \begin_inset Index idx
46661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46667 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46668 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46669 \begin_inset space ~
46673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46675 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46683 will be used to save the backups.
46684 \begin_inset Newline newline
46687 Backup files have the ending
46688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46698 \begin_layout Description
46703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46711 \begin_inset space ~
46714 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46715 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46716 \begin_inset Newline newline
46723 You add a BibTeX-database
46728 You can edit this file with the program
46737 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46740 \begin_inset space ~
46746 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46751 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46752 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46758 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46759 \begin_inset Newline newline
46762 The pipe is also used for the
46767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46773 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46778 \begin_inset Newline newline
46781 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46782 \begin_inset Newline newline
46798 \begin_layout Description
46800 \begin_inset space ~
46803 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46806 \begin_layout Description
46808 \begin_inset space ~
46811 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46812 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46813 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46816 \begin_layout Description
46818 \begin_inset space ~
46821 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46827 You only need to specify it if you are using
46831 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46837 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46841 \begin_layout Description
46843 \begin_inset space ~
46846 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46847 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46848 to find it on the system.
46849 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46850 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46859 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46860 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46863 \begin_layout Description
46865 \begin_inset space ~
46868 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46869 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46871 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46873 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46874 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46875 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46876 scanned for the input files.
46877 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46878 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46879 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46880 on may fail for some documents.
46883 \begin_layout Section
46887 \begin_layout Standard
46888 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46889 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46891 \begin_inset space ~
46895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46897 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46901 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46904 \begin_layout Section
46906 \begin_inset Index idx
46909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46910 Language ! Settings
46916 \begin_inset Index idx
46919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46920 Settings ! Language
46928 \begin_layout Subsection
46930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46932 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46939 \begin_layout Description
46941 \begin_inset space ~
46945 \begin_inset space ~
46948 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46949 You find the actual translation status here:
46950 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46952 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46959 \begin_layout Description
46961 \begin_inset space ~
46964 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46966 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46967 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46984 The most widespread language package is
46989 \begin_inset Index idx
46992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46993 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46998 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46999 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
47000 alternative language package
47005 \begin_inset Index idx
47008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47009 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
47014 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
47015 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
47017 The available selections are described in sec.
47018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47024 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
47031 \begin_layout Description
47033 \begin_inset space ~
47036 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
47037 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
47038 An example is the start command
47044 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
47049 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47064 selectlanguage{$$lang}
47069 \begin_layout Description
47071 \begin_inset space ~
47079 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47080 command toggles the package on and off.
47083 \begin_layout Description
47085 \begin_inset space ~
47089 \begin_inset space ~
47092 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47096 \begin_layout Description
47098 \begin_inset space ~
47102 \begin_inset space ~
47105 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47106 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47107 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47108 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47115 \begin_layout Description
47117 \begin_inset space ~
47120 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47122 When this option is not set, the
47125 \begin_inset space ~
47130 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47131 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47134 \begin_inset space ~
47142 \begin_layout Description
47144 \begin_inset space ~
47150 \begin_inset space ~
47156 When it is not set, the
47159 \begin_inset space ~
47164 is set to the end of the document.
47167 \begin_layout Description
47169 \begin_inset space ~
47173 \begin_inset space ~
47176 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47177 language will be underlined in blue.
47180 \begin_layout Description
47182 \begin_inset space ~
47186 \begin_inset space ~
47189 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47190 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47193 \begin_layout Description
47195 \begin_inset space ~
47198 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47199 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47200 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47201 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47204 \begin_layout Subsection
47208 \begin_layout Standard
47209 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47210 \begin_inset space ~
47214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47216 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47223 \begin_layout Section
47227 \begin_layout Subsection
47231 \begin_layout Description
47233 \begin_inset space ~
47237 \begin_inset space ~
47240 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47243 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47244 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47246 \begin_inset space ~
47252 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47256 \begin_layout Description
47258 \begin_inset space ~
47262 \begin_inset Index idx
47265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47272 \begin_inset Index idx
47275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47276 Settings ! Date format
47281 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47282 \begin_inset Newline newline
47286 \begin_inset Flex URL
47289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47291 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47297 \begin_inset Newline newline
47300 For example the format
47301 \begin_inset Newline newline
47305 \begin_inset Newline newline
47308 prints the date as day/month/year.
47311 \begin_layout Description
47313 \begin_inset space ~
47317 \begin_inset space ~
47320 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47323 \begin_layout Description
47325 \begin_inset space ~
47328 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47330 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47332 \begin_inset space ~
47338 For a detailed description see section
47340 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47345 \begin_inset space ~
47353 \begin_layout Subsection
47355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47362 \begin_inset Index idx
47365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47372 \begin_inset Index idx
47375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47384 \begin_layout Description
47386 \begin_inset space ~
47389 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47390 The name will be used when the
47395 \begin_inset Newline newline
47399 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47407 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47415 \begin_layout Description
47417 \begin_inset space ~
47420 command is the command LyX
47421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47428 LaTeX uses for printing.
47436 \begin_layout Description
47438 \begin_inset space ~
47442 \begin_inset space ~
47445 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47446 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47447 of the program that provides the
47454 \begin_layout Description
47456 \begin_inset space ~
47460 \begin_inset space ~
47464 \begin_inset space ~
47467 printer This option works only for the
47472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47484 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47485 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47488 \begin_layout Subsection
47493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47503 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47508 \begin_inset Index idx
47511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47520 \begin_layout Description
47522 \begin_inset space ~
47529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47537 \begin_inset space ~
47541 \begin_inset space ~
47544 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47549 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47570 are used for Cyrillic.
47571 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47584 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47585 LyX sets up in the background.
47586 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47589 \begin_layout Description
47591 \begin_inset space ~
47595 \begin_inset space ~
47598 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47603 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47606 \begin_layout Description
47608 \begin_inset space ~
47612 \begin_inset space ~
47616 \begin_inset space ~
47620 \begin_inset space ~
47623 options They only have an effect when the program
47627 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47630 \begin_layout Standard
47631 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47632 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47633 manuals of the applications.
47636 \begin_layout Description
47638 \begin_inset space ~
47641 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47642 \begin_inset space ~
47646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47648 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47655 \begin_layout Description
47657 \begin_inset space ~
47660 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47661 \begin_inset space ~
47665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47667 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47674 \begin_layout Description
47676 \begin_inset space ~
47679 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47680 \begin_inset space ~
47684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47686 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47693 \begin_layout Description
47698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47706 \begin_inset space ~
47709 command Command for the program
47713 that is described in the section
47719 Additional Features
47724 \begin_layout Standard
47725 There are additionally the following options:
47728 \begin_layout Description
47730 \begin_inset space ~
47734 \begin_inset space ~
47738 \begin_inset space ~
47742 \begin_inset space ~
47746 \begin_inset space ~
47749 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47767 to separate folders.
47768 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47769 \begin_inset Index idx
47772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47779 \begin_inset Index idx
47782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47791 \begin_layout Description
47793 \begin_inset space ~
47797 \begin_inset space ~
47801 \begin_inset space ~
47805 \begin_inset space ~
47809 \begin_inset space ~
47813 \begin_inset space ~
47816 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47821 dialog when changing the document class.
47824 \begin_layout Section
47826 \begin_inset space ~
47830 \begin_inset Index idx
47833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47842 \begin_layout Subsection
47844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47846 name "sub:Converters"
47851 \begin_inset Index idx
47854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47863 \begin_layout Standard
47864 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47865 from one format to another.
47866 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47867 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47874 \begin_inset space ~
47884 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47888 \begin_inset space ~
47893 drop-down list, modify the
47897 field and press the
47904 \begin_layout Standard
47907 Converter File Cache
47909 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47912 Maximum Age (in days
47915 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47916 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47919 \begin_layout Standard
47920 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47921 definition, is described in the section
47932 \begin_layout Subsection
47934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47936 name "sec:File-Formats"
47941 \begin_inset Index idx
47944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47951 \begin_inset Index idx
47954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47963 \begin_layout Standard
47964 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47965 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47969 \begin_layout Standard
47970 Furthermore, you can define the
47972 Default output format
47974 that is used when you use
47976 View, Update, View Master Document
47980 Update Master Document
47986 menu or the toolbar.
47989 \begin_layout Standard
47990 More about formats and their options is described in the section
48001 \begin_layout Standard
48002 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
48003 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
48004 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
48005 This is done by specifying a
48010 More about this is described in the section
48021 \begin_layout Chapter
48022 Units available in LyX
48023 \begin_inset Index idx
48026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48035 name "chap:Units-available-in"
48042 \begin_layout Standard
48043 To understand the units described in this documentation,
48044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
48046 reference "tab:Units"
48050 explains all units available in LyX.
48053 \begin_layout Standard
48054 \begin_inset Float table
48060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48061 \begin_inset Caption
48063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48079 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48087 \begin_inset Tabular
48088 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48089 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
48090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48242 scaled point (65536
48243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48303 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48358 % of original image width
48365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48572 \begin_layout Chapter
48574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48576 name "chap:Credits"
48583 \begin_layout Standard
48584 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48585 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48588 \begin_layout Itemize
48591 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48594 \begin_layout Itemize
48600 \begin_layout Itemize
48606 \begin_layout Itemize
48612 \begin_layout Itemize
48618 \begin_layout Itemize
48624 \begin_layout Itemize
48630 \begin_layout Itemize
48636 \begin_layout Itemize
48639 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48642 \begin_layout Itemize
48648 \begin_layout Itemize
48654 \begin_layout Itemize
48660 \begin_layout Itemize
48666 \begin_layout Itemize
48672 \begin_layout Itemize
48678 \begin_layout Itemize
48684 \begin_layout Itemize
48690 \begin_layout Itemize
48692 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48701 \begin_layout Standard
48702 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48705 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48712 \begin_layout Bibliography
48713 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48714 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48715 LatexCommand bibitem
48722 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48725 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48730 \begin_inset Newline newline
48734 \begin_inset Flex URL
48737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48739 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48747 \begin_layout Bibliography
48748 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48749 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48750 LatexCommand bibitem
48751 key "latexcompanion"
48755 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48757 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48760 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48763 \begin_layout Bibliography
48764 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48765 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48766 LatexCommand bibitem
48771 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48774 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48777 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48780 \begin_layout Bibliography
48781 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48782 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48783 LatexCommand bibitem
48790 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48793 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48796 \begin_layout Bibliography
48797 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48798 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48799 LatexCommand bibitem
48811 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48814 \begin_layout Bibliography
48815 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48816 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48817 LatexCommand bibitem
48823 \begin_inset Newline newline
48827 \begin_inset Flex URL
48830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48832 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48840 \begin_layout Bibliography
48841 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48842 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48843 LatexCommand bibitem
48849 \begin_inset Newline newline
48853 \begin_inset Flex URL
48856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48858 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48866 \begin_layout Bibliography
48867 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48868 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48869 LatexCommand bibitem
48875 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48877 name "Documentation"
48878 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48887 \begin_inset Newline newline
48891 \begin_inset Flex URL
48894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48896 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48904 \begin_layout Bibliography
48905 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48906 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48907 LatexCommand bibitem
48913 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48915 name "Documentation"
48916 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48920 how to use the program
48925 \begin_inset Newline newline
48929 \begin_inset Flex URL
48932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48934 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48942 \begin_layout Bibliography
48943 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48944 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48945 LatexCommand bibitem
48951 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48953 name "Documentation"
48954 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48963 \begin_inset Newline newline
48967 \begin_inset Flex URL
48970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48972 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48980 \begin_layout Bibliography
48981 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48983 LatexCommand bibitem
48989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48991 name "Documentation"
48992 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
49001 \begin_inset Newline newline
49005 \begin_inset Flex URL
49008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49010 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
49018 \begin_layout Bibliography
49019 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49020 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49021 LatexCommand bibitem
49027 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49029 name "Documentation"
49030 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
49034 of the LaTeX-package
49039 \begin_inset Index idx
49042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49043 LaTeX-packages ! caption
49049 \begin_inset Newline newline
49053 \begin_inset Flex URL
49056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49058 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
49066 \begin_layout Bibliography
49067 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49068 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49069 LatexCommand bibitem
49075 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49077 name "Documentation"
49078 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49082 of the LaTeX-package
49087 \begin_inset Index idx
49090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49091 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49097 \begin_inset Newline newline
49101 \begin_inset Flex URL
49104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49106 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49114 \begin_layout Bibliography
49115 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49116 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49117 LatexCommand bibitem
49123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49125 name "Documentation"
49126 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49130 of the LaTeX-package
49135 \begin_inset Index idx
49138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49139 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49145 \begin_inset Newline newline
49149 \begin_inset Flex URL
49152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49154 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49162 \begin_layout Bibliography
49163 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49164 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49165 LatexCommand bibitem
49173 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49175 name "Documentation"
49176 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49182 of the LaTeX-package
49187 \begin_inset Index idx
49190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49191 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49197 \begin_inset Newline newline
49201 \begin_inset Flex URL
49204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49206 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49214 \begin_layout Bibliography
49215 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49216 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49217 LatexCommand bibitem
49223 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49225 name "Documentation"
49226 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49230 of the LaTeX-package
49235 \begin_inset Index idx
49238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49239 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49245 \begin_inset Newline newline
49249 \begin_inset Flex URL
49252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49254 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49262 \begin_layout Bibliography
49263 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49264 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49265 LatexCommand bibitem
49271 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49273 name "Documentation"
49274 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49278 of the LaTeX-package
49283 \begin_inset Index idx
49286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49287 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49293 \begin_inset Newline newline
49297 \begin_inset Flex URL
49300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49302 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49310 \begin_layout Bibliography
49311 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49312 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49313 LatexCommand bibitem
49319 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49321 name "Documentation"
49322 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49326 of the LaTeX-package
49331 \begin_inset Index idx
49334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49335 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49341 \begin_inset Newline newline
49345 \begin_inset Flex URL
49348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49350 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49358 \begin_layout Bibliography
49359 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49360 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49361 LatexCommand bibitem
49367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49369 name "Documentation"
49370 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49374 of the LaTeX-package
49379 \begin_inset Index idx
49382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49383 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49389 \begin_inset Newline newline
49393 \begin_inset Flex URL
49396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49398 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49406 \begin_layout Bibliography
49407 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49408 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49409 LatexCommand bibitem
49415 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49418 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49422 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49423 \begin_inset Newline newline
49427 \begin_inset Flex URL
49430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49432 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49440 \begin_layout Bibliography
49441 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49442 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49443 LatexCommand bibitem
49449 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49452 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49456 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49457 \begin_inset Newline newline
49461 \begin_inset Flex URL
49464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49466 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49474 \begin_layout Bibliography
49475 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49476 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49477 LatexCommand bibitem
49483 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49486 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49490 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49491 \begin_inset Newline newline
49495 \begin_inset Flex URL
49498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49500 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49508 \begin_layout Bibliography
49509 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49510 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49511 LatexCommand bibitem
49517 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49520 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49524 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49525 \begin_inset Newline newline
49529 \begin_inset Flex URL
49532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49534 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49542 \begin_layout Bibliography
49543 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49544 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49545 LatexCommand bibitem
49551 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49554 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49558 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49559 \begin_inset Newline newline
49563 \begin_inset Flex URL
49566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49568 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49576 \begin_layout Bibliography
49577 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49578 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49579 LatexCommand bibitem
49585 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49588 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49592 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49593 \begin_inset Newline newline
49597 \begin_inset Flex URL
49600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49602 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49610 \begin_layout Bibliography
49611 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49612 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49613 LatexCommand bibitem
49619 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49622 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49626 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49627 \begin_inset Newline newline
49631 \begin_inset Flex URL
49634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49636 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49644 \begin_layout Bibliography
49645 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49647 LatexCommand bibitem
49653 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49656 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49660 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49661 \begin_inset Newline newline
49665 \begin_inset Flex URL
49668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49670 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49678 \begin_layout Bibliography
49679 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49680 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49681 LatexCommand bibitem
49687 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49690 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49694 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49695 \begin_inset Newline newline
49699 \begin_inset Flex URL
49702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49704 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49712 \begin_layout Bibliography
49713 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49714 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49715 LatexCommand bibitem
49721 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49724 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49728 about new features in
49733 \begin_inset Newline newline
49737 \begin_inset Flex URL
49740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49742 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49750 \begin_layout Standard
49751 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49785 \begin_inset Note Note
49788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49795 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49796 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49797 bibliography is the second one:
49805 \begin_layout Standard
49806 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49807 LatexCommand bibtex
49808 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49809 options "biblio/alphadin"
49816 \begin_layout Standard
49817 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49820 \begin_layout Standard
49821 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49822 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49828 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49829 LatexCommand printindex